Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Stochastic Systems

434 missions · 139 completed

The mathematics of systems that evolve under randomness, modeled as families of random variables indexed by time — from Markov chains and martingales to Brownian motion and stochastic differential equations. The field spans stochastic analysis, filtering and optimal control under uncertainty, ergodic behavior of random dynamics, and concentration of measure, with models reaching across physics, engineering, finance, and biology.

Missions

Open295Completed139All434
Markov ChainProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Generalized Couplings and Ergodic Rates for SPDEs and Other Markov Models: A Generalized Coupling and a Lyapunov Function Give a Unique Invariant Measure and Wasserstein Ergodic RatesResearch Paper

Motivation

Many Markov processes that arise as solutions of stochastic partial differential equations, stochastic delay equations, or other infinite-dimensional models are not strong Feller: their transition probabilities from two nearby starting points can be mutually singular. For such processes convergence to equilibrium cannot hold in total variation, and the classical Harris theorem (a Lyapunov function plus a minorization on a small set) does not apply. Hairer, Mattingly and Scheutzow ([23], 2011) replaced total variation by a coupling distance WdW_dWd​ built from a suitable distance-like function ddd, and proved a weak Harris theorem: contraction of WdW_dWd​ on the whole space, ddd-smallness of the level sets of a Lyapunov function, and the Lyapunov drift together give a unique invariant measure and a rate of convergence. Butkovsky ([6], 2014) extended it to subgeometric rates, and Kulik's monograph ([25], 2017) gives a systematic account.

The remaining difficulty is to verify the contraction hypothesis for a concrete model. Butkovsky, Kulik and Scheutzow (arXiv:1806.00395, Ann. Appl. Probab. 2020) show that it suffices to build a generalized coupling: a pair of processes whose first component has the correct law, whose second component is only close in law to the process started at the other point, and whose components approach each other. Their abstract theorem of §2 is the input to the paper's applications to stochastic functional differential equations and to the 2D Navier–Stokes, Euler-type and Boussinesq SPDEs of §4.

Setting

Let (E,ρ)(E,\rho)(E,ρ) be a Polish space with Borel σ\sigmaσ-field E\mathcal EE, and let {Pt}t≥0\{P_t\}_{t\ge0}{Pt​}t≥0​ be a Markov transition function: Markov kernels with P0(x,⋅)=δxP_0(x,\cdot)=\delta_xP0​(x,⋅)=δx​ and the Chapman–Kolmogorov identity. Write Ptf(x)=∫f(y) Pt(x,dy)P_tf(x)=\int f(y)\,P_t(x,dy)Pt​f(x)=∫f(y)Pt​(x,dy). The semigroup is Feller if PtP_tPt​ maps bounded continuous functions to continuous functions.

A distance-like function d:E×E→R+d:E\times E\to\mathbb R_+d:E×E→R+​ is symmetric, lower semicontinuous and vanishes exactly on the diagonal. A premetric θ\thetaθ is lower semicontinuous and vanishes exactly on the diagonal, but need not be symmetric. For probability measures μ,ν\mu,\nuμ,ν, C(μ,ν)\mathcal C(\mu,\nu)C(μ,ν) is the set of couplings and

Wd(μ,ν)=inf⁡λ∈C(μ,ν)∫d dλ∈[0,∞].W_d(\mu,\nu)=\inf_{\lambda\in\mathcal C(\mu,\nu)}\int d\,d\lambda\in[0,\infty].Wd​(μ,ν)=λ∈C(μ,ν)inf​∫ddλ∈[0,∞].

dTV(μ,ν)=sup⁡A∣μ(A)−ν(A)∣d_{TV}(\mu,\nu)=\sup_{A}|\mu(A)-\nu(A)|dTV​(μ,ν)=supA​∣μ(A)−ν(A)∣ is the total variation distance.

A measurable V≥0V\ge0V≥0 satisfies the Lyapunov condition if, for a concave differentiable φ:R+→R+\varphi:\mathbb R_+\to\mathbb R_+φ:R+​→R+​ increasing to infinity with φ(0)=0\varphi(0)=0φ(0)=0 and a constant K>0K>0K>0,

PtV(x)≤V(x)−∫0tPs(φ∘V)(x) ds+Kt,t≥0, x∈E.P_tV(x)\le V(x)-\int_0^tP_s(\varphi\circ V)(x)\,ds+Kt,\qquad t\ge0,\ x\in E.Pt​V(x)≤V(x)−∫0t​Ps​(φ∘V)(x)ds+Kt,t≥0, x∈E.

Put Hφ(x)=∫1xdu/φ(u)H_\varphi(x)=\int_1^x du/\varphi(u)Hφ​(x)=∫1x​du/φ(u) for x≥1x\ge1x≥1.

Assumption A asks for a non-increasing rrr with r(t)→0r(t)\to0r(t)→0, a locally bounded LLL, and for every x,yx,yx,y a pair of processes (Xx,y,Yx,y)(X^{x,y},Y^{x,y})(Xx,y,Yx,y) with Law(Xx,y)=Px\mathrm{Law}(X^{x,y})=\mathsf P_xLaw(Xx,y)=Px​,

dTV(Law(Ytx,y),Pt(y,⋅))≤L(t)θ(x,y),E θ(Xtx,y,Ytx,y)≤r(t)θ(x,y).d_{TV}\bigl(\mathrm{Law}(Y^{x,y}_t),P_t(y,\cdot)\bigr)\le L(t)\theta(x,y),\qquad \mathsf E\,\theta(X^{x,y}_t,Y^{x,y}_t)\le r(t)\theta(x,y).dTV​(Law(Ytx,y​),Pt​(y,⋅))≤L(t)θ(x,y),Eθ(Xtx,y​,Ytx,y​)≤r(t)θ(x,y).

Assumption B1 for a set BBB and t0>0t_0>0t0​>0: for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 there is a set DDD with inf⁡x∈BPt0(x,D)>0\inf_{x\in B}P_{t_0}(x,D)>0infx∈B​Pt0​​(x,D)>0 and sup⁡x,y∈Dθ(x,y)≤ε\sup_{x,y\in D}\theta(x,y)\le\varepsilonsupx,y∈D​θ(x,y)≤ε. Assumption B2 is a generalized-coupling version of B1 on a set BBB. The paper's auxiliary distance is dN=Nθ(x,y)∧Nθ(y,x)∧1d_N=N\theta(x,y)\wedge N\theta(y,x)\wedge1dN​=Nθ(x,y)∧Nθ(y,x)∧1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.5

Assume PPP is Feller, VVV satisfies the Lyapunov condition, ρ∧1≤θ\rho\wedge1\le\thetaρ∧1≤θ, Assumption A holds, and there is t0>0t_0>0t0​>0 such that B1 holds for every level set {V≤M}\{V\le M\}{V≤M} and t0t_0t0​. Then (Pt)(P_t)(Pt​) has a unique invariant probability measure π\piπ, and for every δ∈(0,1)\delta\in(0,1)δ∈(0,1) there are C1,C2>0C_1,C_2>0C1​,C2​>0 with

Wρ∧1(Pt(x,⋅),π)≤C1(1+φ(V(x))δ)φ(Hφ−1(C2t))δ,x∈E, t≥0.W_{\rho\wedge1}(P_t(x,\cdot),\pi)\le\frac{C_1\bigl(1+\varphi(V(x))^\delta\bigr)}{\varphi\bigl(H_\varphi^{-1}(C_2t)\bigr)^\delta},\qquad x\in E,\ t\ge0.Wρ∧1​(Pt​(x,⋅),π)≤φ(Hφ−1​(C2​t))δC1​(1+φ(V(x))δ)​,x∈E, t≥0.

The constants are existential, so the goal survives any improvement of them.

Companion: Theorem 2.6

In the exponential case φ(x)=γx\varphi(x)=\gamma xφ(x)=γx, hypothesis B1 on all level sets may be replaced by B2 on the single level set {V≤4K/γ}\{V\le4K/\gamma\}{V≤4K/γ}; the same bound then holds and is exponential in ttt.

Milestones

In attack order: dNd_NdN​ is distance-like (2.6); the coupling lemma, the gluing lemma and the reimbursement bound used inside the proof of Theorem 2.3(i); Theorem 2.3(i) (contractivity of dNd_NdN​ under A) and (ii) (dNd_NdN​-smallness under B1); the remark after Definition 2.2 that contractivity and smallness give (2.3)–(2.4); the non-expansion step of the proof of Theorem 2.5; Proposition 2.1 (cited weak Harris theorem); and, for the companion, Theorem 2.3(iii), Proposition 2.2 (cited) and Theorem 2.6.

Significance

Theorem 2.5 turns the verification of the weak Harris theorem into two checks that can be carried out model by model: construct a controlled process that is close in law to the true one (Assumption A), and check a support condition on level sets (B1). It covers subexponential rates, given by the function φ\varphiφ of the Lyapunov drift, and the Wasserstein distance it controls metrizes weak convergence. Theorem 2.6 is the abstract result behind the exponential ergodicity statements for SPDEs in §4 of the paper.

The results are proved in the paper; none of them, nor the weak Harris theorems of [6] and [23] they rely on, has a machine-checked proof. Mathlib has Markov kernels, their composition and invariant measures, but no coupling distances for lower semicontinuous costs, no maximal coupling or gluing lemma on Polish spaces, and no weak Harris theorem. Propositions 2.1 and 2.2 are cited by the paper, not proved there; formalizing them is part of the mission.

Difficulty

The obvious route to contraction is a true coupling of Pt(x,⋅)P_t(x,\cdot)Pt​(x,⋅) and Pt(y,⋅)P_t(y,\cdot)Pt​(y,⋅) whose components meet or approach. For processes without the strong Feller property, such a coupling is generally not available explicitly; the generalized coupling only gives the second marginal up to a total variation error. Turning the error-in-law bound into a statement about WdNW_{d_N}WdN​​ needs a maximal coupling of two laws on a Polish space and a gluing of two couplings along a common marginal, both of which rest on disintegration of measures. The cited Proposition 2.1 is itself a substantial result: existence of an invariant measure needs tightness from the Lyapunov drift and the Feller property, and the subexponential rate needs a careful interpolation between the drift and the contraction.

Formalization scope

The state space is any type with MetricSpace, CompleteSpace, SeparableSpace and the Borel σ-algebra; ρ\rhoρ is dist. Time is ℝ≥0 and PPP is a map ℝ≥0 → Kernel E E with Markov kernels, P0=idP_0=\mathrm{id}P0​=id, Chapman–Kolmogorov, and measurability of s↦Ps(x,A)s\mapsto P_s(x,A)s↦Ps​(x,A), which the time integral in (2.2) presupposes. Expectations, PtVP_tVPt​V and WdW_dWd​ are lower Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], and (2.2) is stated without subtraction (PtV+∫0tPs(φ∘V) ds≤V+KtP_tV+\int_0^tP_s(\varphi\circ V)\,ds\le V+KtPt​V+∫0t​Ps​(φ∘V)ds≤V+Kt), which is equivalent. A pair of processes is represented by its joint law on path space; Law(Xx,y)=Px\mathrm{Law}(X^{x,y})=\mathsf P_xLaw(Xx,y)=Px​ is read through the one-dimensional marginals Law(Xtx,y)=Pt(x,⋅)\mathrm{Law}(X^{x,y}_t)=P_t(x,\cdot)Law(Xtx,y​)=Pt​(x,⋅), a weaker hypothesis. Total variation is the published MarkovChainCLT.tvDist, without a factor 2. "Unique invariant measure" means unique among probability measures, with invariance ∫Pt(x,⋅) π(dx)=π\int P_t(x,\cdot)\,\pi(dx)=\pi∫Pt​(x,⋅)π(dx)=π for every ttt. Hφ−1(C2t)H_\varphi^{-1}(C_2t)Hφ−1​(C2​t) is encoded by quantifying over every u≥1u\ge1u≥1 with Hφ(u)=C2tH_\varphi(u)=C_2tHφ​(u)=C2​t; such a uuu exists and is unique under the Lyapunov condition. In Proposition 2.1 condition 2 is stated as ρ∧1≤d\rho\wedge1\le dρ∧1≤d, which is Proposition 2.1 for the equivalent complete metric ρ∧1\rho\wedge1ρ∧1 and is the form the proof of Theorem 2.5 uses.

No statement relies on a junk value: no Bochner integral of a possibly non-integrable function, no real-valued infimum over a possibly empty or unbounded set, no Measure.map along a non-measurable map, no default-valued inverse of HφH_\varphiHφ​ (which would make the bound read W≤0W\le0W≤0), and "invariant" is never used without "probability".

A complete development needs: Kantorovich-type coupling distances for lower semicontinuous costs, maximal couplings and gluing on Polish spaces, the transfer of WdW_dWd​-bounds through Markov kernels, and the weak Harris theorem with subexponential rates. All of these are reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions to any milestone, including the cited Propositions 2.1 and 2.2, are welcome.

Selected references

  • O. Butkovsky, A. Kulik, M. Scheutzow, Generalized couplings and ergodic rates for SPDEs and other Markov models, Ann. Appl. Probab. 30(1), 2020. arXiv:1806.00395, doi:10.1214/19-AAP1485
  • M. Hairer, J. C. Mattingly, M. Scheutzow, Asymptotic coupling and a general form of Harris' theorem with applications to stochastic delay equations, Probab. Theory Related Fields 149, 2011. arXiv:0902.4495
  • O. Butkovsky, Subgeometric rates of convergence of Markov processes in the Wasserstein metric, Ann. Appl. Probab. 24(2), 2014. arXiv:1211.4273
  • A. Kulik, Ergodic Behavior of Markov Processes, De Gruyter, Berlin, 2017. doi:10.1515/9783110458930
  • C. Villani, Optimal Transport: Old and New, Springer, 2009 (coupling lemma, Theorem 4.1; gluing, p. 23). doi:10.1007/978-3-540-71050-9
15 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimality Gap of Constant-Order Policies Decays Exponentially in the Lead Time for Lost Sales Models: C(π_r∞)/OPT(L) ≤ 1 + h((1−γ)g)⁻¹(E[D] − r∞ + (eϑ(L+1))⁻¹)γ^{L+1} for Every Lead Time L ≥ 1Research Paper

Why lost-sales inventory with lead times matters

In many retail and spare-parts settings, demand that cannot be met from stock is lost rather than backlogged, and replenishment orders arrive only after a positive lead time. The resulting lost-sales inventory model is a basic model of inventory theory. Its optimal policy depends on the whole pipeline of outstanding orders, so dynamic programming over that state becomes intractable as the lead time grows. This is why the model is often replaced by its backlogged counterpart, even when that approximation is poor (Bijvank and Vis, 2011).

Simple heuristics are therefore of practical interest. The simplest is the constant-order policy, which orders the same amount in every period regardless of the state. Reiman (2004, unpublished manuscript) showed that the best constant-order policy sometimes outperforms the base-stock policy, and Goldberg, Katz-Rogozhnikov, Lu, Sharma and Squillante (arXiv:1211.4063, Math. Oper. Res. 2016) proved that it is asymptotically optimal as the lead time grows, with a gap that decays polynomially in the lead time. Xin and Goldberg (arXiv:1409.1499v2, Oper. Res. 2016) proved that for the infinite-horizon average-cost problem the gap actually decays exponentially, with an explicit rate and explicit constants. This mission formalizes that result.

Timeline:

  • 1958: Karlin and Scarf introduce the lost-sales model with a positive lead time; convexity results follow in Karlin and Scarf (1958) and Morton (1969).
  • 1962: Kingman bounds how fast the expected waiting time of an initially empty GI/G/1 queue approaches its steady-state value (doi).
  • 2004: Reiman finds that the best constant-order policy can outperform the base-stock policy.
  • 2009: Huh, Janakiraman, Muckstadt and Rusmevichientong (Management Science 55(3)) prove base-stock policies asymptotically optimal as the lost-sales penalty grows.
  • 2011: Huh, Janakiraman and Nagarajan (Operations Research 59(1)) give the existence of stationary optimal policies used by the paper.
  • 2015–2016: Goldberg et al. prove asymptotic optimality of constant-order policies as the lead time grows; Xin and Goldberg prove exponential decay of the gap.

The setting

Demands D1,D2,…D_1,D_2,\dotsD1​,D2​,… are i.i.d. copies of a nonnegative random variable DDD with law D\mathcal DD, finite mean E[D]\mathbb E[D]E[D] and strictly positive variance. The lead time L≥1L\ge1L≥1 is an integer, h>0h>0h>0 is the unit holding cost and p>0p>0p>0 the unit lost-sales penalty. At the start of period ttt there is on-hand inventory ItI_tIt​ and a pipeline xt=(x1,t,…,xL,t)\mathbf x_t=(x_{1,t},\dots,x_{L,t})xt​=(x1,t​,…,xL,t​) of orders placed but not yet delivered. In each period, x1,tx_{1,t}x1,t​ arrives, a new order is placed (it enters the end of the pipeline), demand DtD_tDt​ is realized, and the period cost

Ct=h (It+x1,t−Dt)++p (It+x1,t−Dt)−C_t=h\,(I_t+x_{1,t}-D_t)^++p\,(I_t+x_{1,t}-D_t)^-Ct​=h(It​+x1,t​−Dt​)++p(It​+x1,t​−Dt​)−

is incurred; then It+1=(It+x1,t−Dt)+I_{t+1}=(I_t+x_{1,t}-D_t)^+It+1​=(It​+x1,t​−Dt​)+. The system starts empty. A policy π\piπ chooses orders from the information available, and its long-run average cost is C(π)=lim sup⁡T→∞1T∑t=1TE[Ctπ]C(\pi)=\limsup_{T\to\infty}\frac1T\sum_{t=1}^T\mathbb E[C^\pi_t]C(π)=limsupT→∞​T1​∑t=1T​E[Ctπ​]. The optimal cost is OPT(L)=inf⁡πC(π)\mathrm{OPT}(L)=\inf_\pi C(\pi)OPT(L)=infπ​C(π).

The constant-order policy πr\pi_rπr​ orders rrr in every period. Its cost is governed by the random walk jr−∑i=1jDijr-\sum_{i=1}^jD_ijr−∑i=1j​Di​ through

I∞r=sup⁡j≥0(jr−∑i=1jDi),ILr=max⁡j=0,…,L(jr−∑i=1jDi),I^r_\infty=\sup_{j\ge0}\Big(jr-\sum_{i=1}^jD_i\Big),\qquad I^r_L=\max_{j=0,\dots,L}\Big(jr-\sum_{i=1}^jD_i\Big),I∞r​=j≥0sup​(jr−i=1∑j​Di​),ILr​=j=0,…,Lmax​(jr−i=1∑j​Di​),

the steady-state and LLL-th waiting times of a single-server queue with interarrival law D\mathcal DD and constant service time rrr. The best constant order r∞r_\inftyr∞​ is the least minimizer of C(πr)C(\pi_r)C(πr​) over 0≤r≤E[D]0\le r\le\mathbb E[D]0≤r≤E[D]. The rate and constants are

γ=inf⁡θ≥0eθr∞E[e−θD],g=inf⁡x∈RE[h(x−D)++p(x−D)−],\gamma=\inf_{\theta\ge0}e^{\theta r_\infty}\mathbb E[e^{-\theta D}],\qquad g=\inf_{x\in\mathbb R}\mathbb E\big[h(x-D)^++p(x-D)^-\big],γ=θ≥0inf​eθr∞​E[e−θD],g=x∈Rinf​E[h(x−D)++p(x−D)−],

with ϑ\varthetaϑ the largest minimizer in the definition of γ\gammaγ (ϑ=∞\vartheta=\inftyϑ=∞ if the infimum is not attained, and 1/∞=01/\infty=01/∞=0).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 8)

C(πr∞)OPT(L)≤1+h((1−γ)g)−1(E[D]−r∞+(eϑ(L+1))−1)γL+1for all L≥1.\frac{C(\pi_{r_\infty})}{\mathrm{OPT}(L)}\le1+h\big((1-\gamma)g\big)^{-1}\Big(\mathbb E[D]-r_\infty+\big(e\vartheta(L+1)\big)^{-1}\Big)\gamma^{L+1}\qquad\text{for all }L\ge1 .OPT(L)C(πr∞​​)​≤1+h((1−γ)g)−1(E[D]−r∞​+(eϑ(L+1))−1)γL+1for all L≥1.

The quantities r∞,γ,ϑ,gr_\infty,\gamma,\vartheta,gr∞​,γ,ϑ,g depend on D,h,p\mathcal D,h,pD,h,p but not on LLL.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  • Eq. (3): C(πr)=h E[I∞r]+p E[D]−prC(\pi_r)=h\,\mathbb E[I^r_\infty]+p\,\mathbb E[D]-prC(πr​)=hE[I∞r​]+pE[D]−pr for r∈[0,E[D])r\in[0,\mathbb E[D])r∈[0,E[D]).
  • Sec. 2.2: the best constant exists and r∞<E[D]r_\infty<\mathbb E[D]r∞​<E[D]; Sec. 2.3: ϑ>0\vartheta>0ϑ>0, γ∈[0,1)\gamma\in[0,1)γ∈[0,1), g>0g>0g>0 and OPT(L)≥g\mathrm{OPT}(L)\ge gOPT(L)≥g.
  • Observation 1 (convexity of fd\mathfrak f_{\mathbf d}fd​ and a Jensen bound) and Lemma 2: OPT(L)≥CL(rL)\mathrm{OPT}(L)\ge C_L(r_L)OPT(L)≥CL​(rL​) and the decomposition (5) of C(πr∞)−OPT(L)C(\pi_{r_\infty})-\mathrm{OPT}(L)C(πr∞​​)−OPT(L).
  • Lemma 3 (Kingman's series and the tail bound), Lemma 4 (r∞≤rLr_\infty\le r_Lr∞​≤rL​), Lemma 5 (∑nP(nr∞≥∑i≤nDi)≥p/h\sum_n\mathbb P(nr_\infty\ge\sum_{i\le n}D_i)\ge p/h∑n​P(nr∞​≥∑i≤n​Di​)≥p/h), the Chernoff step P(nr∞≥∑i≤nDi)≤γn\mathbb P(nr_\infty\ge\sum_{i\le n}D_i)\le\gamma^nP(nr∞​≥∑i≤n​Di​)≤γn, and the bound on the term (6).
  • Further: Lemma 1 (monotonicity of γ\gammaγ in p/hp/hp/h) and Corollary 1 (the closed form for exponential demand).

Significance

The theorem shows that a lead time of order log⁡(ϵ−1)\log(\epsilon^{-1})log(ϵ−1) suffices for the constant-order policy to be within a factor 1+ϵ1+\epsilon1+ϵ of optimal, whereas the earlier bounds of Goldberg et al. needed a lead time polynomial in ϵ−1\epsilon^{-1}ϵ−1. The constants are explicit and computable from the demand law: for exponential demand with p=hp=hp=h and L=1L=1L=1 the bound is already about 3.363.363.36, and it approaches 111 quickly as LLL grows (Table 1 of the paper). Lemma 1 adds that the rate γ\gammaγ worsens as p/hp/hp/h grows, the regime opposite to the one in which base-stock policies are known to be nearly optimal.

The result is proved on paper; no machine-checked proof is known to exist. A formalization would produce a checked infinite-horizon lost-sales model and a checked statement of Kingman's random-walk identities for this queue. It would also produce checked comparisons of an arbitrary history-dependent policy with constant-order policies through convexity. The statement here is taken over a policy class at least as large as the paper's, so a proof also extends the result to randomized history-dependent policies.

Difficulty

The cost of the constant-order policy is the expected supremum of a random walk, while the optimal policy has no closed form and may not even induce a stationary distribution. The paper avoids the steady state of the optimal policy by constructing a random vector with the needed stationarity properties (Theorem 2). That construction is not part of this mission. Here, the lower bound on OPT(L)\mathrm{OPT}(L)OPT(L) in Lemma 2 instead goes through the published, proved lower certificate for the full policy class. The second obstacle is quantitative: the exponential rate comes from comparing the minimizers r∞r_\inftyr∞​ and rLr_LrL​ of two different convex functions (Lemma 4) and from a first-order optimality condition involving a non-differentiable expectation (Lemma 5). Neither follows from the observation that one function dominates the other.

Formalization scope

The model is the published CappedBaseStock model: zero-based time, an empty initial state, demand laws on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) with finite positive mean, and costs and long-run averages in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. OPT(L)\mathrm{OPT}(L)OPT(L) is the infimum over all measurable, history-dependent, possibly randomized policies. That class contains the paper's Markov deterministic class Π\PiΠ, so every statement involving OPT(L)\mathrm{OPT}(L)OPT(L) is at least as strong as printed. "Strictly positive variance" is encoded as "the demand law is not a point mass". It is a hypothesis wherever the paper's argument needs it; the Chernoff step, eq. (3) and Corollary 1 do not need it.

C(πr)C(\pi_r)C(πr​) is the model's long-run cost of the constant policy, not formula (3), and E[I∞r]\mathbb E[I^r_\infty]E[I∞r​] is a lower integral in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so that eq. (3) and Lemma 3 are not true by definition. r∞r_\inftyr∞​ and rLr_LrL​ are infima of the argmin sets, whose nonemptiness is a milestone. 1/ϑ1/\vartheta1/ϑ is encoded with the paper's convention 1/∞=01/\infty=01/∞=0. Lemma 3's tail bound is stated additively in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], and the series in Lemmas 3 and 5 are extended-real series indexed from 000. The goal's ratio is taken in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], where x/0=∞x/0=\inftyx/0=∞ for x≠0x\neq0x=0. None of γ<1\gamma<1γ<1, g>0g>0g>0 or r∞<E[D]r_\infty<\mathbb E[D]r∞​<E[D] is assumed: all three are milestones. A formalization that defines OPT\mathrm{OPT}OPT over constant-order policies only, fixes rrr instead of r∞r_\inftyr∞​, treats γ,ϑ,g\gamma,\vartheta,gγ,ϑ,g as free parameters, or takes the ratio in R\mathbb RR after truncating infinite costs would make the goal trivial and is ruled out. The objects are defined from the full parameter record, which includes LLL. That they do not depend on LLL follows from eq. (3) and the existence milestone.

No statement corrects a printed slip. Theorem 2 (existence of the stationary vector) and eq. (2) (bounded stationary optimal policies) are not stated; Observation 1 instead takes Theorem 2's properties (i)–(iii) as hypotheses on an arbitrary law. The source is arXiv:1409.1499v2, whose printed page numbers equal the PDF's. Useful infrastructure: Lindley-type random-walk suprema, Spitzer–Kingman identities, Chernoff bounds for i.i.d. sums (Mathlib's measure_le_le_exp_mul_mgf), and Cesàro limits of expected costs. All of it is reusable for other queueing and inventory missions. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, and the Chernoff step is the natural entry point.

Selected references

  • L. Xin, D. A. Goldberg, Optimality gap of constant-order policies decays exponentially in the lead time for lost sales models, Operations Research 64(6), 2016; preprint arXiv:1409.1499v2. https://arxiv.org/abs/1409.1499v2
  • D. A. Goldberg, D. A. Katz-Rogozhnikov, Y. Lu, M. Sharma, M. S. Squillante, Asymptotic optimality of constant-order policies for lost sales inventory models with large lead times, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2016; preprint arXiv:1211.4063. https://arxiv.org/abs/1211.4063
  • J. F. C. Kingman, Some inequalities for the queue GI/G/1, Biometrika 49, 1962. https://doi.org/10.1093/biomet/49.3-4.315
  • M. Bijvank, I. F. A. Vis, Lost-sales inventory theory: a review, European Journal of Operational Research 215(1), 2011. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ejor.2011.02.004
  • S. Asmussen, Applied Probability and Queues, 2nd ed., Springer, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1007/b97236
19 thms2 active usersReviewed
CombinatoricsComplexity TheoryOperations Research+1·Captain: mikedeng1

A Comment on "Computational Complexity of Stochastic Programming Problems" 2: The Expected Recourse Value of (10) Is 1 − Vol(P(S; ⪯)), and a 1/(2k!)-Accurate Value Counts Linear ExtensionsResearch Paper

Why expected recourse is a counting question

A two-stage stochastic program chooses a first action before uncertainty is observed and then takes a recourse action after the observation. Evaluating the expected optimal recourse value can be difficult even when the recourse problem for each fixed observation is a small linear program. This mission isolates the example in Section 3 of Hanasusanto, Kuhn and Wiesemann's preprint: the second-stage program has no first-stage decision at all, yet sufficiently accurate expected values determine how many ways a finite partial order can be arranged into a total order.

The counting connection has a specific history. Brightwell and Winkler (1991) established the complexity of counting linear extensions and related their number to an order-polytope volume. Hanasusanto, Kuhn and Wiesemann use that relation in their October 2015 preprint to establish Theorem 3's strong #P-hardness claim for approximate expected recourse with random recourse coefficients. The mission addresses the exact mathematical relation and the error threshold that support that claim. The complexity-class and encoding parts are outside its Lean statement.

Finite orders, volumes, and program (10)

Let PPP be a finite partially ordered set with k=∣P∣k=|P|k=∣P∣. A linear extension lists its elements in a total order that respects the partial order. The number of these lists is N(P)N(P)N(P). The unit cube is C=[0,1]PC=[0,1]^PC=[0,1]P. Its order polytope is

O(P)={ξ∈C:ξi≤ξj whenever i≤Pj}.O(P)=\{\xi\in C:\xi_i\le\xi_j\text{ whenever }i\le_P j\}.O(P)={ξ∈C:ξi​≤ξj​ whenever i≤P​j}.

Write V(P)V(P)V(P) for the Lebesgue volume of O(P)O(P)O(P). The paper writes S={1,…,k}S=\{1,\ldots,k\}S={1,…,k} and P(S;⪯)P(S;\preceq)P(S;⪯) for this polytope; changing the names of the elements does not change either the count or the volume.

For a realization ξ∈C\xi\in Cξ∈C, define qP(ξ)q_P(\xi)qP​(ξ) as the optimal objective value of the paper's random-recourse program (10). It maximizes a scalar zzz, subject to 0≤z≤10\le z\le10≤z≤1, nonnegative variables yijy_{ij}yij​, and

z≤∑i,j∈P: i≤Pj(ξi−ξj)yij.z\le\sum_{i,j\in P:\,i\le_P j}(\xi_i-\xi_j)y_{ij}.z≤i,j∈P:i≤P​j∑​(ξi​−ξj​)yij​.

The sum includes reflexive pairs, for which the summand is zero. The expected recourse value is Q(P)=∫CqP(ξ) dξQ(P)=\int_C q_P(\xi)\,d\xiQ(P)=∫C​qP​(ξ)dξ. Lebesgue measure of CCC is one, so this integral is the expectation under the uniform distribution on the cube. The program is feasible for every ξ\xiξ: y=0y=0y=0 and z=0z=0z=0 are allowed. Its objective is bounded by one because z≤1z\le1z≤1. These details give the value a genuine finite meaning at every realization.

Formalization targets

The first target is the exact value of the second stage for every ξ∈C\xi\in Cξ∈C:

qP(ξ)=1C∖O(P)(ξ).q_P(\xi)=\mathbf 1_{C\setminus O(P)}(\xi).qP​(ξ)=1C∖O(P)​(ξ).

Consequently, the expected recourse value satisfies the displayed identity in the proof of Theorem 3:

Q(P)=1−V(P).Q(P)=1-V(P).Q(P)=1−V(P).

The counting target quoted in the proof of Lemma 3 is

N(P)=k! V(P).N(P)=k!\,V(P).N(P)=k!V(P).

Lemma 3's rounding step concerns an approximation ϑ\varthetaϑ of V(P)V(P)V(P). If ∣ϑ−V(P)∣≤ε|\vartheta-V(P)|\le\varepsilon∣ϑ−V(P)∣≤ε and 0≤ε<1/(2k!)0\le\varepsilon<1/(2k!)0≤ε<1/(2k!), then ∣k!ϑ−N(P)∣<1/2|k!\vartheta-N(P)|<1/2∣k!ϑ−N(P)∣<1/2. The mission's main goal uses an approximation of Q(P)Q(P)Q(P), as in Theorem 3. Under the same strict error threshold,

∣ϑ−Q(P)∣≤ε⟹∣k!(1−ϑ)−N(P)∣<12.|\vartheta-Q(P)|\le\varepsilon \quad\Longrightarrow\quad \left|k!(1-\vartheta)-N(P)\right|<\frac12.∣ϑ−Q(P)∣≤ε⟹∣k!(1−ϑ)−N(P)∣<21​.

The target leaves no independent dimension parameter or unspecified oracle value: kkk is the cardinality of the very poset used in program (10), and ϑ\varthetaϑ must approximate that program's expected value. The strict half-unit bound makes N(P)N(P)N(P) the unique nearest integer to k!(1−ϑ)k!(1-\vartheta)k!(1−ϑ).

What the result provides

The theorem shows that an accurate numerical answer to the expected-recourse question contains an exact combinatorial count. This explains why a routine second-stage linear optimization problem can lead to a difficult expectation problem: the expectation records the volume of a polytope whose geometry encodes all linear extensions. The page's threshold specifies precisely how much accuracy is needed to recover the count; a coarser estimate does not support the same rounding conclusion. The original paper also explains why its instance yields strong #P-hardness: the coefficients needed for its random-recourse representation are only −1-1−1, 000, and 111 in the continuation of Theorem 3's proof.

Formalizing the reduction's mathematical claims produces reusable interfaces for order-polytopes, their volumes, and the expectation of this recourse program. It also poses the factorial volume identity as a theorem rather than treating it as a free assumption. The published Prove2Me definition FCP.Order.LinearExtensions already represents the same linear-extension object and is reused here. The five theorem statements in this proposal are open proof obligations; the existence of the published definition is not a claim that these results already have machine-checked proofs. Proofs of the pointwise value, the expectation identity, the volume identity, and the rounding consequences are welcome.

Where the difficulty lies

For a fixed realization, the program's yijy_{ij}yij​ variables have no upper bounds. That feature makes its value jump between zero and one according to whether the order inequalities hold. The pointwise characterization does not by itself settle the expectation: the set where the value changes must be represented measurably, and the integral is over the unit cube with its normalized mass. The factorial relation is a separate geometric statement about the order polytope. Simply counting its defining inequalities gives neither its volume nor the number of linear extensions. These are the substantive steps behind the short rounding calculation.

Formalization scope and conventions

Lean uses a finite type with a PartialOrder in place of the paper's labeled set S={1,…,k}S=\{1,\ldots,k\}S={1,…,k}. The published FCP.Order.LinearExtensions definition counts order-preserving bijections from this type to the positions 0,…,k−10,\ldots,k-10,…,k−1. It has exactly the paper's meaning of a compatible permutation. The cube and order polytope are sets of real-valued functions on that finite type. Volume is volume converted to a real number; expected recourse is the Lebesgue integral over the cube. The cube has mass one, including when PPP is empty, and the results include that edge case.

The reusable cube, order polytope, volume, and linear-extension count form a separate definition module. The paper's second-stage program imports that module and defines only its own feasible levels, optimal value, and expected recourse.

The second-stage program is encoded through its feasible objective levels and their real supremum. Since zero is feasible and every feasible level is at most one, the supremum cannot use Lean's default value for an empty or unbounded real set. Classical decidability selects the comparable pairs in the finite sum. Accuracy means an absolute-error inequality with a nonnegative ε\varepsilonε and a strict threshold ε<1/(2k!)\varepsilon<1/(2k!)ε<1/(2k!). These choices preserve both the page's feasibility and its rounding margin.

The main goal is the correctness of the reduction in Theorem 3. It does not formalize #P, strong #P-hardness, pseudo-polynomial running time, unary encodings, or bit lengths. A formulation that assumes Q(P)=1−V(P)Q(P)=1-V(P)Q(P)=1−V(P) or N(P)=k!V(P)N(P)=k!V(P)N(P)=k!V(P) in the goal would erase the result's content; those are separate milestone theorems. Reusable work includes the finite-order volume identity and measure-theoretic handling of the indicator on the cube. The preprint's Section 3 supplies every object and convention used here.

Selected references

  • G. A. Hanasusanto, D. Kuhn, and W. Wiesemann, A comment on “computational complexity of stochastic programming problems”, Optimization Online preprint 2015/03/4825, version of October 6, 2015, pp. 10–12. Preprint.
  • G. Brightwell and P. Winkler, Counting linear extensions, Order 8(3), 225–242, 1991. DOI.
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Asymptotic Optimality of Constant-Order Policies for Lost Sales Inventory Models with Large Lead Times: The Best Constant-Order Policy Costs at Most 1 + ε Times the Optimum Once L ≥ y(ε)Research Paper

Motivation

The lost-sales inventory model with a positive lead time is one of the basic models of inventory theory. A retailer reviews stock once per period, places an order that arrives LLL periods later, and loses (rather than backlogs) any demand that cannot be met from stock on hand. Lost sales are the norm in retail, where a customer facing an empty shelf buys elsewhere. The optimal policy is the solution of a dynamic program whose state is the on-hand inventory together with the whole pipeline of LLL outstanding orders. The state dimension therefore grows with the lead time, and computing the optimal policy is intractable beyond small LLL: for a lead time of four and geometric demand the dynamic program already has 228,581 states (Zipkin 2008a, Operations Research 56(5), 1256–1263).

Heuristics (base-stock, myopic, cost-balancing) have been studied at length. Reiman (2004) analyzed an open-loop policy that orders one unit at fixed intervals in a continuous-review lost-sales model with Poisson demand. Zipkin (2008a) observed numerically that ordering the same constant amount every period performs well already at lead time four. Huh, Janakiraman, Muckstadt and Rusmevichientong (2009) proved that order-up-to policies are asymptotically optimal as the lost-sales penalty grows. Goldberg, Katz-Rogozhnikov, Lu, Sharma and Squillante proved that a constant-order policy is asymptotically optimal as the lead time grows, with an explicit threshold. This mission formalizes that result, Theorem 1 of their paper.

Setting

Fix a holding cost h>0h>0h>0 per unit left over at the end of a period, a lost-demand penalty c>0c>0c>0 per unit of unmet demand, a lead time L≥1L\ge1L≥1, and a horizon T>LT>LT>L. Demands D1,D2,…D_1,D_2,\dotsD1​,D2​,… are i.i.d. with a law D\mathcal DD on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) that has a finite third moment and is not deterministic. At the start of period ttt the system holds inventory ItI_tIt​ and a pipeline xt=(x1,t,…,xL,t)\mathbf x_t=(x_{1,t},\dots,x_{L,t})xt​=(x1,t​,…,xL,t​) of outstanding orders. First x1,tx_{1,t}x1,t​ arrives; then an order is placed and joins the end of the pipeline; then DtD_tDt​ is realized, and

It+1=(It+x1,t−Dt)+,Ct=hIt+1+c (It+x1,t−Dt)−.I_{t+1}=(I_t+x_{1,t}-D_t)^+,\qquad C_t=hI_{t+1}+c\,(I_t+x_{1,t}-D_t)^-.It+1​=(It​+x1,t​−Dt​)+,Ct​=hIt+1​+c(It​+x1,t​−Dt​)−.

The system starts empty. A policy chooses each order from the information available before the period's demand, possibly with randomization. Problem (1) is

OPT(L,T)=inf⁡π∑t=L+1T+LE[Ctπ].\mathrm{OPT}(L,T)=\inf_{\pi}\sum_{t=L+1}^{T+L}\mathbb E[C^\pi_t].OPT(L,T)=πinf​t=L+1∑T+L​E[Ctπ​].

For r≥0r\ge0r≥0 let I∞r=sup⁡k≥0(kr−∑i=1kDi)I^r_\infty=\sup_{k\ge0}\big(kr-\sum_{i=1}^kD_i\big)I∞r​=supk≥0​(kr−∑i=1k​Di​), the steady-state waiting time of a GI/D/1 queue. For r<E[D]r<\mathbb E[D]r<E[D] the constant-order policy πr\pi_rπr​ orders the random amount I∞r+rI^r_\infty+rI∞r​+r (drawn independently of the demands) in the first period and rrr in every later period. The best constant is z=arg⁡min⁡v≥0(hE[I∞v]−cv)z=\arg\min_{v\ge0}(h\mathbb E[I^v_\infty]-cv)z=argminv≥0​(hE[I∞v​]−cv) (the smallest minimizer). With QQQ the c/(c+h)c/(c+h)c/(c+h) quantile of D\mathcal DD, g=hE[(Q−D)+]+cE[(D−Q)+]g=h\mathbb E[(Q-D)^+]+c\mathbb E[(D-Q)^+]g=hE[(Q−D)+]+cE[(D−Q)+], σ\sigmaσ the standard deviation and ζ\zetaζ the skewness of DDD, set m=⌈(26(3ζ+c(hσ)−1E[D]+1))2⌉m=\lceil(26(3\zeta+c(h\sigma)^{-1}\mathbb E[D]+1))^2\rceilm=⌈(26(3ζ+c(hσ)−1E[D]+1))2⌉ and

y(ϵ)=max⁡(214h(Q+23/2E[D])(E2[D]+E[D2])3σ−6m3g−1ϵ−1, (12c E[D] g−1((2ch−1)1/2+3))2ϵ−2).y(\epsilon)=\max\Big(2^{14}h(Q+2^{3/2}\mathbb E[D])(\mathbb E^2[D]+\mathbb E[D^2])^3\sigma^{-6}m^3g^{-1}\epsilon^{-1},\ \big(12c\,\mathbb E[D]\,g^{-1}((2ch^{-1})^{1/2}+3)\big)^2\epsilon^{-2}\Big).y(ϵ)=max(214h(Q+23/2E[D])(E2[D]+E[D2])3σ−6m3g−1ϵ−1, (12cE[D]g−1((2ch−1)1/2+3))2ϵ−2).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1

For all ϵ∈(0,1)\epsilon\in(0,1)ϵ∈(0,1), L≥y(ϵ)L\ge y(\epsilon)L≥y(ϵ) and T≥(1+3ϵ−1)LT\ge(1+3\epsilon^{-1})LT≥(1+3ϵ−1)L,

E[∑t=L+1T+LCtπz] ≤ (1+ϵ) OPT(L,T).\mathbb E\Big[\sum_{t=L+1}^{T+L}C^{\pi_z}_t\Big]\ \le\ (1+\epsilon)\,\mathrm{OPT}(L,T).E[t=L+1∑T+L​Ctπz​​] ≤ (1+ϵ)OPT(L,T).

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's argument in its order:

  • the cost of LLL consecutive periods from a given state (Lemma 3) and under πr\pi_rπr​ (Lemma 4);
  • a bounded optimal policy (Lemma 5) and the existence of a most favourable state (x∗,I∗)(\mathbf x^*,\mathcal I^*)(x∗,I∗) (§5);
  • lower bounds on the optimal cost over LLL periods (Lemmas 6, 7);
  • random-walk estimates ((26) and Lemma 9) and the per-window gap of πr∗\pi_{r^*}πr∗​, r∗=L−1∑ixi∗r^*=L^{-1}\sum_ix^*_ir∗=L−1∑i​xi∗​ (Theorem 8);
  • an explicit Lipschitz CLT rate (Theorem 11), the separation E[D]−r∗≥12σm−1/2\mathbb E[D]-r^*\ge\frac12\sigma m^{-1/2}E[D]−r∗≥21​σm−1/2 (Lemma 10), and the resulting explicit gap (Corollary 12);
  • the newsvendor bound E[Ctπ]≥g\mathbb E[C^\pi_t]\ge gE[Ctπ​]≥g (§3.1) and the stationary cost of πr\pi_rπr​, (25).

Significance

The theorem says that the policy which ignores the state entirely, ordering the same amount every period after a single randomized first order, loses at most a factor 1+ϵ1+\epsilon1+ϵ against the optimal policy once the lead time exceeds an explicit threshold. The threshold depends only on hhh, ccc and the demand law. Optimal policies are out of computational reach precisely when LLL is large, so this is the first guarantee of near-optimality whose computation does not grow with the lead time. The paper's Corollary 2 (the ratio tends to 111 as L→∞L\to\inftyL→∞) follows directly.

The result is proved in the paper (up to the correction below); this platform holds no formalization of it or of its lemmas. A formalization would produce reusable statements about suprema of random walks with negative drift (Lemma 9, (26)), a quantitative central limit theorem for Lipschitz test functions (Theorem 11), and the finite-horizon lost-sales problem built on the published model of this platform.

Difficulty

The obvious comparison fails. An optimal policy may vary its orders arbitrarily over time, so its pipeline need not look like a constant stream. Comparing it period by period with πr\pi_rπr​ gives nothing, because the inventory of πr\pi_rπr​ is driven by an unbounded random-walk supremum.

The paper instead bounds the optimal cost over any LLL consecutive periods by the cost from the most favourable state. It then has to show that the average r∗r^*r∗ of that state's pipeline stays bounded away from E[D]\mathbb E[D]E[D] uniformly in LLL. This last step is the crux. The components of x∗\mathbf x^*x∗ may vary considerably over the window, and a qualitative central limit theorem is not enough: the argument needs an explicit rate (Theorem 11) with constants that survive summation over LLL windows. On the probabilistic side, the expectations of random indices ikri^r_kikr​ at which random walks attain their maxima are not adapted to the demand filtration. They are controlled only through the distributional identity of Lemma 9 and the geometric tail (26).

Formalization scope

The model is the published CappedBaseStock_Model. Its parameter record supplies L≥1L\ge1L≥1, h>0h>0h>0 and the penalty c>0c>0c>0 (field p; the record is called prm). Its demand law supplies a probability law on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) with finite positive mean. The finite third moment and non-determinism are explicit hypotheses. QQQ and ggg are the published newsvendorLevel and backorderCost. The conventions:

  • Time is zero-based: Lean period ttt is the paper's period t+1t+1t+1, and a window starting at Lean t0t_0t0​ is the paper's τ=t0+1\tau=t_0+1τ=t0​+1. Pipeline slot iii is xi+1x_{i+1}xi+1​.
  • Costs, OPT and expectations of nonnegative quantities are lower integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], and I∞rI^r_\inftyI∞r​ is valued in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. Real expectations appear only for integrable quantities.
  • OPT is the infimum over the model's admissible policies: measurable functions of past demands and a private uniform seed. This class contains the paper's policy class, so OPT is at most the paper's and the goal is at least as strong as the page.
  • "Conditional on xτπ=x\mathbf x^\pi_\tau=\mathbf xxτπ​=x, Iτπ=II^\pi_\tau=\mathcal IIτπ​=I" is rendered by running the system from that state. Lemma 3 states that this integrates back to the policy's cost.
  • Lemmas 6–7, Theorem 8 and Corollary 12 are stated for every policy that almost surely never orders more than QQQ, which includes the paper's optimal πˉ\bar\piπˉ; their proofs use only that bound.
  • πr\pi_rπr​ draws its first order as the quantile function of I∞rI^r_\inftyI∞r​ at the policy's uniform seed.
  • The ratio of Theorem 1 is stated multiplicatively. A ratio would read 000 at OPT=0\mathrm{OPT}=0OPT=0, whereas OPT(L,T)≥Tg>0\mathrm{OPT}(L,T)\ge Tg>0OPT(L,T)≥Tg>0.

A correction. As printed, the second term of y(ϵ)y(\epsilon)y(ϵ) (p. 5) and of Corollary 12 (p. 14) lack a factor E[D]\mathbb E[D]E[D]. The proof of Corollary 12 establishes I∗≤(⌈(2ch−1L)1/2⌉+2)E[D]\mathcal I^*\le(\lceil(2ch^{-1}L)^{1/2}\rceil+2)\mathbb E[D]I∗≤(⌈(2ch−1L)1/2⌉+2)E[D], and the printed bounds are not invariant under rescaling the demand. Both are stated here with the factor restored, and each item's note says so.

Neither a long-run average cost nor a restricted comparator (stationary, Markov, or bounded-order) may replace the finite-horizon OPT. The demand law may not be specialized, and πr\pi_rπr​ may not order rrr in its first period: each change makes the goal a different, easier theorem.

A complete development needs Lindley-type recursions and the stationarity of the GI/D/1 waiting time, Chernoff and moment bounds for random-walk maxima, a Stein-method CLT rate, and the existence of optimal policies for a finite-horizon problem with a continuous state. The random-walk and CLT parts are independent of inventory theory and reusable. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are alternative proofs of the goal.

Selected references

  • D. A. Goldberg, D. A. Katz-Rogozhnikov, Y. Lu, M. Sharma, M. S. Squillante, Asymptotic Optimality of Constant-Order Policies for Lost Sales Inventory Models with Large Lead Times, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2016; preprint arXiv:1211.4063v2 (cited version). https://arxiv.org/abs/1211.4063
  • P. Zipkin, Old and New Methods for Lost-Sales Inventory Systems, Operations Research 56(5), 1256–1263, 2008.
  • P. Zipkin, On the Structure of Lost-Sales Inventory Models, Operations Research 56(4), 937–944, 2008.
  • W. T. Huh, G. Janakiraman, J. A. Muckstadt, P. Rusmevichientong, Asymptotic Optimality of Order-Up-To Policies in Lost Sales Inventory Systems, Management Science 55(3), 404–420, 2009.
  • M. Reiman, A New and Simple Policy for a Continuous Review Lost-Sales Inventory Model, unpublished manuscript, 2004.
  • L. H. Y. Chen, Q.-M. Shao, Stein's Method for Normal Approximation, in An Introduction to Stein's Method, 1–59, 2005.
  • S. Asmussen, Applied Probability and Queues, 2nd ed., Springer, 2003.
21 thms2 active usersReviewed
Probability·Captain: marwahaha

Directional transience implies ballisticityOpen Problem

Motivation

Escape to infinity can be arbitrarily slow for a general stochastic process. The source asks whether independent uniformly elliptic lattice environments force a positive deterministic speed whenever a direction is transient. The source is OpenAI's September 2026 manuscript.

Setting

Uniform ellipticity provides one positive lower bound for all step probabilities, almost surely at every site. Directional transience means the position projected onto a fixed unit vector tends to positive infinity almost surely under the law averaging environment and walk.

Formalization targets

⟨Xn,ℓ⟩→+∞ a.s.⟹∃v: Xn/n→v a.s.,⟨v,ℓ⟩>0.\langle X_n,\ell\rangle\to+\infty\ \text{a.s.}\quad\Longrightarrow\quad\exists v:\ X_n/n\to v\ \text{a.s.},\quad\langle v,\ell\rangle>0.⟨Xn​,ℓ⟩→+∞ a.s.⟹∃v: Xn​/n→v a.s.,⟨v,ℓ⟩>0.

The theorem (admitted, not proved here) states that, for every dimension d ≥ 2 and every Borel probability measure ν on the set of transition rows (a row is a probability vector p over the 2d nearest-neighbour directions ±e_i of ℤ^d, with entries nonnegative and summing to 1), the following holds. Suppose ν is uniformly elliptic, meaning there is κ > 0 with p(e) ≥ κ for every direction e, for ν-almost every row p. Let ℓ be a unit vector in ℝ^d (ℓ·ℓ = 1), and suppose the walk is directionally transient in direction ℓ. Here the environment assigns to each site of ℤ^d an independent ν-distributed row, the walk starts at the origin and at each step moves from its current site x in direction e with probability given by the row at x, and the annealed law averages over the environment and the walk. Directional transience means that, almost surely under this annealed law, the inner product of the walk position X_n with ℓ tends to +∞ as n → ∞. The conclusion is that there exists a vector v ∈ ℝ^d with v·ℓ > 0 such that the walk has asymptotic velocity v, that is, X_n/n → v as n → ∞ almost surely under the annealed law. In other words, directional transience of an i.i.d. uniformly elliptic random walk in random environment in dimension at least two implies ballisticity with a nonzero velocity having positive component along ℓ.

The goal is OAI.DirectionalTransience.directional_transience_implies_ballisticity. Supporting targets are listed below; they retain their individual hypotheses and are separate statements.

  • positive probability transience velocity hemisphere.

Significance

The chosen central target converts almost-sure transience to a velocity statement in every dimension at least two. The separate dimension-at-least-three statement starts from positive probability and identifies the transient hemisphere. The manuscript presents a mathematical argument; the attached goal currently has status Open, so the requested contribution is a Lean proof of the displayed formal target.

Difficulty

Transience controls eventual direction but not the time spent in traps. A law of large numbers with positive projected velocity needs quantitative control of these delays.

Formalization scope

The main statement assumes d≥2d\ge2d≥2, a unit direction, and an independent identically distributed uniformly elliptic environment. The supporting hemisphere target assumes d≥3d\ge3d≥3 and a nonzero direction. Their original definition groups stay separate.

The shared definitions are supplied by DirectionalBallisticity, VelocityHemisphere. The target uses Lean 4.33.1 with the pinned Mathlib environment. Contributions should preserve the existing statement and develop reusable supporting lemmas in its definitions.

Selected references

  • OpenAI, Directional transience implies ballisticity, preprint, September 2026. Manuscript.
  • OpenAI, accompanying Lean statement. Pinned source.
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Designing a Call Center with Impatient Customers III: Square-Root Staffing Is Equivalent to a Nondegenerate Delay Probability and to Abandonment of Order 1/√NResearch Paper

Motivation

A telephone call center must decide how many agents NNN to staff against an offered load R=λ/μR=\lambda/\muR=λ/μ (arrival rate over service rate). Staff too few and callers wait and hang up; staff too many and agents sit idle. For large centers the industry rule of thumb is square-root safety staffing, N≈R+βRN\approx R+\beta\sqrt RN≈R+βR​, and the question is what service level such a rule buys.

For the model without abandonment, the M/M/NM/M/NM/M/N queue, the answer is the theorem of Halfin and Whitt (Oper. Res. 1981): the probability of waiting has a nondegenerate limit in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1) exactly when N(1−ρN)→β>0\sqrt N(1-\rho_N)\to\beta>0N​(1−ρN​)→β>0. Real callers are impatient, and Garnett, Mandelbaum and Reiman (M&SOM 2002) prove the analogue for the Erlang-A queue, where abandonment changes both the limits and the admissible range of β\betaβ. Their Theorem 4 is the theoretical basis of the "quality-and-efficiency-driven" (QED) staffing regime used in call-center practice.

Timeline. Palm (1943) introduced exponential patience; Riordan (1962) computed the conditional mean wait of the model; Jagerman (1974) gave the asymptotics of the Erlang-B formula; Halfin and Whitt (1981) proved the square-root law for M/M/NM/M/NM/M/N (β>0\beta>0β>0 only); Fleming, Stolyar and Simon (1994) found the limiting stationary law of the scaled Erlang-A queue; Garnett, Mandelbaum and Reiman (2002) proved the three-way equivalence below, for β\betaβ of either sign.

Setting

The Erlang-A queue (M/M/N+MM/M/N+MM/M/N+M) has Poisson arrivals of rate λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, N≥1N\ge1N≥1 identical agents with exponential service of rate μ>0\mu>0μ>0, an unlimited waiting room served in order of arrival, and independent exponential patience times of rate θ>0\theta>0θ>0: a caller whose wait exceeds their patience abandons. The number in system is a birth–death process with birth rate λ\lambdaλ and death rate min⁡(k,N)μ+(k−N)+θ\min(k,N)\mu+(k-N)^+\thetamin(k,N)μ+(k−N)+θ; its stationary law is

πk∝(λ/μ)kk! (k≤N),πk∝∏j=N+1kλNμ+(j−N)θ⋅(λ/μ)NN! (k>N).\pi_k\propto\frac{(\lambda/\mu)^k}{k!}\ (k\le N),\qquad \pi_k\propto\prod_{j=N+1}^{k}\frac{\lambda}{N\mu+(j-N)\theta}\cdot\frac{(\lambda/\mu)^N}{N!}\ (k>N).πk​∝k!(λ/μ)k​ (k≤N),πk​∝j=N+1∏k​Nμ+(j−N)θλ​⋅N!(λ/μ)N​ (k>N).

The three performance measures are:

  • the delay probability PN{W>0}=∑k≥NπkP_N\{W>0\}=\sum_{k\ge N}\pi_kPN​{W>0}=∑k≥N​πk​, the chance an arriving caller must wait;
  • the abandonment probability PN{Ab}=∑n≥0πN+n (n+1)θNμ+(n+1)θ=θλ∑k>N(k−N)πkP_N\{Ab\}=\sum_{n\ge0}\pi_{N+n}\,\frac{(n+1)\theta}{N\mu+(n+1)\theta}=\frac{\theta}{\lambda}\sum_{k>N}(k-N)\pi_kPN​{Ab}=∑n≥0​πN+n​Nμ+(n+1)θ(n+1)θ​=λθ​∑k>N​(k−N)πk​;
  • the Erlang-B blocking probability PN{Bl}=E(λ/μ,N)P_N\{Bl\}=E(\lambda/\mu,N)PN​{Bl}=E(λ/μ,N) of the loss system M/M/N/NM/M/N/NM/M/N/N.

Write φ,Φ\varphi,\Phiφ,Φ for the standard normal density and distribution function, h(x)=φ(x)/[1−Φ(x)]h(x)=\varphi(x)/[1-\Phi(x)]h(x)=φ(x)/[1−Φ(x)] for its hazard rate, and

w(x,y)=[1+h(−xy)y h(x)]−1.w(x,y)=\Bigl[1+\frac{h(-xy)}{y\,h(x)}\Bigr]^{-1}.w(x,y)=[1+yh(x)h(−xy)​]−1.

In the asymptotic statements the NNN-th system has NNN agents, arrival rate λN\lambda_NλN​, the fixed service rate μ\muμ, patience rate θN\theta_NθN​, and traffic intensity ρN=λN/(Nμ)\rho_N=\lambda_N/(N\mu)ρN​=λN​/(Nμ).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4 (p. 219)

With θN≡θ∈(0,∞)\theta_N\equiv\theta\in(0,\infty)θN​≡θ∈(0,∞), the following are equivalent:

lim⁡N→∞N(1−ρN)=β∈R,lim⁡N→∞PN{W>0}=α∈(0,1),lim⁡N→∞N PN{Ab}=Δ∈(0,∞),\lim_{N\to\infty}\sqrt N(1-\rho_N)=\beta\in\mathbb R,\qquad \lim_{N\to\infty}P_N\{W>0\}=\alpha\in(0,1),\qquad \lim_{N\to\infty}\sqrt N\,P_N\{Ab\}=\Delta\in(0,\infty),N→∞lim​N​(1−ρN​)=β∈R,N→∞lim​PN​{W>0}=α∈(0,1),N→∞lim​N​PN​{Ab}=Δ∈(0,∞),

in which case α=w(−β,μ/θ)\alpha=w(-\beta,\sqrt{\mu/\theta})α=w(−β,μ/θ​) and Δ=[θ/μ h(βμ/θ)−β] α\Delta=[\sqrt{\theta/\mu}\,h(\beta\sqrt{\mu/\theta})-\beta]\,\alphaΔ=[θ/μ​h(βμ/θ​)−β]α.

Milestones

  1. The weak limit of the scaled stationary queue (QN(∞)−N)/N(Q_N(\infty)-N)/\sqrt N(QN​(∞)−N)/N​ (proof of Theorem 2*, Part 2, p. 225).
  2. Lemma 1: PN{W>0}→w(−β,μ/θ)P_N\{W>0\}\to w(-\beta,\sqrt{\mu/\theta})PN​{W>0}→w(−β,μ/θ​).
  3. Three exact finite-NNN identities for PN{Ab}P_N\{Ab\}PN​{Ab} (Riordan, Palm, and the final form in PN{W>0}P_N\{W>0\}PN​{W>0} and PN{Bl}P_N\{Bl\}PN​{Bl}), p. 226.
  4. The Erlang-B asymptotic N PN{Bl}→h(−β)\sqrt N\,P_N\{Bl\}\to h(-\beta)N​PN​{Bl}→h(−β).
  5. Lemma 2: N PN{Ab}→[θ/μ h(βμ/θ)−β] w(−β,μ/θ)\sqrt N\,P_N\{Ab\}\to[\sqrt{\theta/\mu}\,h(\beta\sqrt{\mu/\theta})-\beta]\,w(-\beta,\sqrt{\mu/\theta})N​PN​{Ab}→[θ/μ​h(βμ/θ​)−β]w(−β,μ/θ​).
  6. The Remark on the extremes: β=−∞\beta=-\inftyβ=−∞ iff α=1\alpha=1α=1 iff Δ=∞\Delta=\inftyΔ=∞, and β=+∞\beta=+\inftyβ=+∞ iff α=0\alpha=0α=0 iff Δ=0\Delta=0Δ=0.

Lemmas 1 and 2 and the stationary limit are stated with θN→θ∈(0,∞)\theta_N\to\theta\in(0,\infty)θN​→θ∈(0,∞), the paper's setting for them.

Significance

The result. Theorem 4 states that a single parameter, the scaled staffing gap β\betaβ, determines both service measures in the limit, and that no other staffing sequence gives a nondegenerate delay probability or abandonment of order 1/N1/\sqrt N1/N​. Because β\betaβ may be negative, a call center with impatient callers can be staffed below the offered load and still keep abandonment at order 1/N1/\sqrt N1/N​, which is impossible without abandonment. The explicit α(β)\alpha(\beta)α(β) and Δ(β)\Delta(\beta)Δ(β) turn a target delay probability or abandonment level into a value of β\betaβ, which is the staffing rule of Table 4 of the paper.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper, partly by citation (Fleming et al. for the stationary limit, Jagerman for Erlang-B, Riordan and Palm for exact formulas); none of it has been machine-checked. A formalization supplies the cited inputs, the exact identities, and the converse directions, which the paper treats briefly. The θ=0\theta=0θ=0 counterpart, the Halfin–Whitt theorem, is posed separately on the platform (QueueingFundamentals.BirthDeath.halfin_whitt, HalfinWhitt81.Stationary.theorem_1) and is not a target here.

Difficulty

Every quantity is an explicit series, but its limit is a local-limit problem. The NNN terms below NNN form a Poisson-type sum whose normalized tail must be shown to converge to a Gaussian integral uniformly enough to pass through the normalization. The terms above NNN form a product whose logarithm must be expanded to second order in (k−N)/N(k-N)/\sqrt N(k−N)/N​. The two pieces enter with comparable weight, so neither can be dropped. Termwise convergence alone does not suffice: the series need tail bounds uniform in NNN. The converse directions require monotonicity of α\alphaα and Δ\DeltaΔ in β\betaβ and the extreme regimes, not only the limits at finite β\betaβ.

Formalization scope

  • Model. All objects are explicit functions of (N,λ,μ,θ)(N,\lambda,\mu,\theta)(N,λ,μ,θ) defined in ErlangA.Staffing.Model; the stationary law is the explicit normalized sequence, not an arbitrary steady state. The sequences are λ,θ:N→R\lambda,\theta:\mathbb N\to\mathbb Rλ,θ:N→R with λN,θN>0\lambda_N,\theta_N>0λN​,θN​>0 for N≥1N\ge1N≥1, and μ>0\mu>0μ>0 is fixed.
  • Delay. PN{W>0}=∑k≥NπkP_N\{W>0\}=\sum_{k\ge N}\pi_kPN​{W>0}=∑k≥N​πk​ (arrivals finding all agents busy). The paper's proof writes P{QN(∞)>N}P\{Q_N(\infty)>N\}P{QN​(∞)>N}, which differs by πN→0\pi_N\to0πN​→0.
  • Abandonment. PN{Ab}P_N\{Ab\}PN​{Ab} is the arrival form above. It equals the balance form (θ/λ)∑k>N(k−N)πk(\theta/\lambda)\sum_{k>N}(k-N)\pi_k(θ/λ)∑k>N​(k−N)πk​ of equation (2).
  • Limits. Every limit is Filter.Tendsto … atTop of the NNN-th quantity; ±∞\pm\infty±∞ limits use atTop/atBot. The ranges β∈R\beta\in\mathbb Rβ∈R, α∈(0,1)\alpha\in(0,1)α∈(0,1), Δ∈(0,∞)\Delta\in(0,\infty)Δ∈(0,∞) are part of the goal: without them the equivalence is false (the delay probability also converges, to 111, when N(1−ρN)→−∞\sqrt N(1-\rho_N)\to-\inftyN​(1−ρN​)→−∞).
  • Goal shape. A conjunction of List.TFAE of the three existential conditions with the "in which case" clause. Neither part may be dropped, and the equivalence may not be weakened to one direction or to β>0\beta>0β>0.
  • Misprints. Two printed formulas are corrected: the Riordan term (λNθ)(\lambda_N\theta)(λN​θ) is read as (λN/θ)(\lambda_N/\theta)(λN​/θ), and a parenthesis is restored in the density fff on p. 225.
  • Infrastructure. Needed: tail bounds for Poisson-type series, a local central limit estimate for the Poisson distribution near its mean, Gaussian tail asymptotics h(t)∼th(t)\sim th(t)∼t, and the incomplete gamma function. The Erlang-B asymptotic and the Gaussian facts are reusable for every many-server queue. Solutions to any milestone, and to auxiliary lemmas such as summability of the stationary weights, are welcome.

Selected references

  • O. Garnett, A. Mandelbaum, M. Reiman, Designing a call center with impatient customers, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 4(3), 208–227, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.4.3.208.7753
  • S. Halfin, W. Whitt, Heavy-traffic limits for queues with many exponential servers, Operations Research 29(3), 567–587, 1981. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.29.3.567
  • D. L. Jagerman, Some properties of the Erlang loss function, Bell System Technical Journal 53, 1974 (as cited in the paper's reference list).
  • P. J. Fleming, A. Stolyar, B. Simon, Heavy traffic limit for a mobile phone system loss model, Proc. 2nd Int. Conf. Telecommunication Systems, Modeling and Analysis, Nashville, 158–176, 1994.
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
AnalysisOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

The Power of Two Choices in Randomized Load Balancing II: T_d(λ)/log T_1(λ) → 1/log d as λ → 1⁻, an Exponential Improvement over One ChoiceResearch Paper

Motivation

A dispatcher assigns each arriving job to one of nnn servers. Sending it to a uniformly random server is simple but produces long queues near capacity; sending it to the globally shortest queue requires full state information. The power of ddd choices sits between the two: each job samples ddd servers at random and joins the shortest of them. Mitzenmacher's analysis of this supermarket model (IEEE TPDS 12(10), 2001) together with the balls-into-bins result of Azar, Broder, Karlin and Upfal (SIAM J. Comput. 29(1), 1999), established that a second random choice changes the behaviour of the system qualitatively. The idea underlies load balancers, hashing schemes and distributed schedulers.

This mission formalizes the paper's quantitative statement of that improvement in heavy traffic, the regime where the arrival rate per server λ\lambdaλ approaches the service rate 111.

Setting

Customers arrive as a Poisson stream of rate λn\lambda nλn with 0≤λ<10\le\lambda<10≤λ<1, service times are exponential with mean 111, and each customer joins the shortest of ddd queues sampled uniformly with replacement. As n→∞n\to\inftyn→∞ the fraction of queues with at least iii customers follows a deterministic limiting system with fixed point πi=λ(di−1)/(d−1)\pi_i=\lambda^{(d^i-1)/(d-1)}πi​=λ(di−1)/(d−1). Corollary 2 of the paper shows that, for d≥2d\ge2d≥2, the expected time a customer spends in that limiting system converges to

Td(λ)=∑i=1∞λdi−dd−1.T_d(\lambda)=\sum_{i=1}^{\infty}\lambda^{\frac{d^i-d}{d-1}} .Td​(λ)=i=1∑∞​λd−1di−d​.

With a single choice the system is nnn independent M/M/1 queues, and the expected time is

T1(λ)=11−λ.T_1(\lambda)=\frac{1}{1-\lambda}.T1​(λ)=1−λ1​.

This mission takes these two formulas as its definitions; the limiting system itself and the convergence to Td(λ)T_d(\lambda)Td​(λ) are the subject of the companion mission (part I). The auxiliary function of Lemma 3 is

Fd(λ)=∑i=0∞λdilog⁡11−λ.F_d(\lambda)=\frac{\sum_{i=0}^{\infty}\lambda^{d^i}}{\log\frac{1}{1-\lambda}} .Fd​(λ)=log1−λ1​∑i=0∞​λdi​.

Throughout, d≥2d\ge2d≥2 is an integer and logarithms are natural.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4, limit clause (p. 1099)

lim⁡λ→1−Td(λ)log⁡T1(λ)=1log⁡d(d≥2).\lim_{\lambda\to1^-}\frac{T_d(\lambda)}{\log T_1(\lambda)}=\frac{1}{\log d}\qquad(d\ge2).λ→1−lim​logT1​(λ)Td​(λ)​=logd1​(d≥2).

Milestones, in the order the paper's argument uses them

  1. The rewriting of TdT_dTd​ (proof of Theorem 4): with λ′=λ1/(d−1)\lambda'=\lambda^{1/(d-1)}λ′=λ1/(d−1) and 0<λ<10<\lambda<10<λ<1,
Td(λ)=∑i=1∞(λ′)diλd/(d−1).T_d(\lambda)=\frac{\sum_{i=1}^{\infty}(\lambda')^{d^i}}{\lambda^{d/(d-1)}} .Td​(λ)=λd/(d−1)∑i=1∞​(λ′)di​.
  1. The product identity (proof of Lemma 3): for 0≤λ<10\le\lambda<10≤λ<1,
∏i=0∞(1+λdi+λ2di+⋯+λ(d−1)di)=11−λ.\prod_{i=0}^{\infty}\bigl(1+\lambda^{d^i}+\lambda^{2d^i}+\dots+\lambda^{(d-1)d^i}\bigr)=\frac{1}{1-\lambda}.i=0∏∞​(1+λdi+λ2di+⋯+λ(d−1)di)=1−λ1​.
  1. Lemma 3:
lim⁡λ→1−Fd(λ)=1log⁡d.\lim_{\lambda\to1^-}F_d(\lambda)=\frac{1}{\log d}.λ→1−lim​Fd​(λ)=logd1​.

The goal is a statement about the shape of the growth, not a constant: it pins the leading behaviour Td(λ)∼log⁡d11−λT_d(\lambda)\sim\log_d\frac{1}{1-\lambda}Td​(λ)∼logd​1−λ1​.

Significance

Theorem 4 makes "exponential improvement" precise. With one choice the expected time grows like 11−λ\frac1{1-\lambda}1−λ1​ as the load approaches capacity; with d≥2d\ge2d≥2 choices it grows like log⁡11−λlog⁡d\frac{\log\frac1{1-\lambda}}{\log d}logdlog1−λ1​​. It also quantifies the diminishing return of extra choices: going from d=2d=2d=2 to ddd only divides the leading term by log⁡2d\log_2 dlog2​d, while going from one choice to two changes its order. These constants are the benchmark against which later heavy-traffic analyses of join-the-shortest-of-ddd policies are compared.

The result is proved in the paper (the limit clause; see Difficulty for the other clause). No machine-checked version is known to exist. The formalization yields a self-contained Lean development of the lacunary series ∑ixdi\sum_i x^{d^i}∑i​xdi near x=1x=1x=1 and of the base-ddd product identity, both of which are classical analytic facts with uses outside queueing (lacunary power series, digit expansions).

Difficulty

The obvious approach compares ∑iλdi\sum_i\lambda^{d^i}∑i​λdi with an integral, but the terms are not monotone images of a smooth function of a continuous index in a way that controls the error uniformly as λ→1−\lambda\to1^-λ→1−: the number of terms close to 111 grows like log⁡d11−λ\log_d\frac{1}{1-\lambda}logd​1−λ1​ and each of them contributes nearly 111, so the error terms are of the same order as the quantity being measured. The difficulty is to obtain matching upper and lower bounds with constants tending to 1/log⁡d1/\log d1/logd, uniformly as λ→1−\lambda\to1^-λ→1−. Passing from Lemma 3 to Theorem 4 additionally requires controlling the change of variable λ↦λ1/(d−1)\lambda\mapsto\lambda^{1/(d-1)}λ↦λ1/(d−1) inside the logarithm.

Theorem 4 as printed also contains a first clause, Td(λ)≤cdlog⁡T1(λ)T_d(\lambda)\le c_d\log T_1(\lambda)Td​(λ)≤cd​logT1​(λ) for all λ∈[0,1]\lambda\in[0,1]λ∈[0,1]. It is false as printed near λ=0\lambda=0λ=0: Td(λ)≥1T_d(\lambda)\ge1Td​(λ)≥1 while log⁡T1(λ)→0\log T_1(\lambda)\to0logT1​(λ)→0. The paper does not prove it, and this mission does not pose it.

Formalization scope

  • Representation. λ\lambdaλ is a real number (lam), ddd a natural number with the hypothesis 2≤d2\le d2≤d on every statement. TdT_dTd​, T1T_1T1​ and FdF_dFd​ are real-valued definitions in one definition file.
  • Exponents. TdT_dTd​'s iii-th term uses the natural-number exponent ∑1≤k<idk=di−dd−1\sum_{1\le k<i}d^k=\frac{d^i-d}{d-1}∑1≤k<i​dk=d−1di−d​, so its i=1i=1i=1 term is λ0=1\lambda^0=1λ0=1. The series runs over i∈Ni\in\mathbb Ni∈N with the i=0i=0i=0 term equal to 000. λ′=λ1/(d−1)\lambda'=\lambda^{1/(d-1)}λ′=λ1/(d−1) and λd/(d−1)\lambda^{d/(d-1)}λd/(d−1) are real powers.
  • Series and junk values. All series are real tsums; they converge for 0≤λ<10\le\lambda<10≤λ<1. Outside that range Lean's conventions (a divergent series sums to 000, x/0=0x/0=0x/0=0, log⁡x=0\log x=0logx=0 for x≤0x\le0x≤0) produce meaningless values, so every statement either restricts λ\lambdaλ to [0,1)[0,1)[0,1) or (0,1)(0,1)(0,1) or is a limit along λ<1\lambda<1λ<1.
  • Limits. "λ→1−\lambda\to1^-λ→1−" is the one-sided filter 𝓝[<] 1; the limit 1/log⁡d1/\log d1/logd uses Real.log.
  • Infinite product. The product identity is stated with HasProd (unconditional convergence of finite subproducts), which for factors ≥1\ge1≥1 is the same as convergence of the partial products.
  • Not trivializable. Because every limit is one-sided at 111 and the denominators log⁡T1(λ)\log T_1(\lambda)logT1​(λ) and log⁡11−λ\log\frac1{1-\lambda}log1−λ1​ are positive there, no statement can be satisfied by Lean's junk values at λ≥1\lambda\ge1λ≥1 or at λ=0\lambda=0λ=0; the summability of the rewritten series is asserted explicitly.
  • Infrastructure. Useful general lemmas: asymptotics of ∑ixdi\sum_i x^{d^i}∑i​xdi as x→1−x\to1^-x→1−, products of finite geometric sums, change of variables in one-sided limits. These are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions of any of the milestones, or of alternative proofs of Lemma 3, are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Mitzenmacher, The Power of Two Choices in Randomized Load Balancing, IEEE Transactions on Parallel and Distributed Systems 12(10), 2001, pp. 1094–1104. https://doi.org/10.1109/71.963420
  • Y. Azar, A. Z. Broder, A. R. Karlin, E. Upfal, Balanced Allocations, SIAM Journal on Computing 29(1), 1999, pp. 180–200. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0097539795288490
5 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Control TheoryProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Backward-Forward Stochastic Differential Equations 4: A Nonsingular Linear Backward-Forward System with Lipschitz Constant 1 Has No Solution on the Horizon T = π/2Research Paper

Motivation

A backward stochastic equation determines its current value from a conditional expectation of future values. A forward equation determines its current value from past values. Coupling the two makes existence depend on more than integrability of the data: the feedback between the past and future can prevent a solution. Antonelli's 1993 paper studies this interaction in an L1L^1L1 space for equations driven by bounded variation processes, motivated in part by recursively defined stochastic utility in finance (Antonelli 1993, pp. 777–778).

The paper first gives an existence and uniqueness condition for a coupled system. It then tests the size of that condition with two examples. The first uses a singular coefficient matrix; the second, targeted here, uses a nonsingular linear coupling. This distinction matters because the failure of existence in the first example could otherwise be attributed to the singular matrix. The second example places the obstruction at a particular time horizon while retaining a linear map with Lipschitz constant one (Antonelli 1993, pp. 791–792).

Setting

Fix a complete probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P) with a right-continuous filtration (Ft)0≤t≤T(\mathcal F_t)_{0\le t\le T}(Ft​)0≤t≤T​, where T>0T>0T>0. At time ttt, Ft\mathcal F_tFt​ describes the information available. Let J0J_0J0​ be an integrable, strictly positive, F0\mathcal F_0F0​-measurable random variable. Let YYY be a strictly positive, bounded, FT\mathcal F_TFT​-measurable random variable. Both positivity statements are almost sure.

The unknowns are real-valued stochastic processes UtU_tUt​ and VtV_tVt​. The forward equation starts from J0J_0J0​ and accumulates VVV:

Ut=J0+∫0tVs ds.U_t=J_0+\int_0^t V_s\,ds.Ut​=J0​+∫0t​Vs​ds.

The backward equation sets VtV_tVt​ equal to the conditional mean, given current information, of a future integral and the terminal input:

Vt=E ⁣[∫tTUs ds+Y∣Ft].V_t=\mathbb E\!\left[\int_t^T U_s\,ds+Y\mid\mathcal F_t\right].Vt​=E[∫tT​Us​ds+Y∣Ft​].

These are equations (3.10)–(3.11) of the paper. Their coefficient functions are f(u,v)=vf(u,v)=vf(u,v)=v and g(u,v)=ug(u,v)=ug(u,v)=u, each with Lipschitz constant 111 for the paper's sum norm on pairs. The associated linear coefficient matrix is nonsingular. A solution is sought in L1(dt⊗dP)L^1(dt\otimes dP)L1(dt⊗dP) for each component: the expected time integral of its absolute value is finite, and the equations hold in that space. This is the same integrability regime used to state the coupled system in §3 (Antonelli 1993, p. 785).

The terminal value UTU_TUT​ is the random variable J0+∫0TVs dsJ_0+\int_0^T V_s\,dsJ0​+∫0T​Vs​ds. Conditional-expectation processes in the intermediate identities are denoted Mt=E[UT∣Ft]M_t=\mathbb E[U_T\mid\mathcal F_t]Mt​=E[UT​∣Ft​] and Ytc=E[Y∣Ft]Y_t^{\mathrm c}=\mathbb E[Y\mid\mathcal F_t]Ytc​=E[Y∣Ft​]. Jointly measurable versions are used when these processes appear inside time integrals.

Formalization targets

Conditional-expectation identity

For any positive horizon, the paper derives an equation for VVV in terms of UTU_TUT​, a weighted future integral of VVV, and YYY. With the sign consistent with the preceding display, the identity is

Vt=(T−t)Mt−E ⁣[∫tT(r−t)Vr dr∣Ft]+Ytc.V_t=(T-t)M_t-\mathbb E\!\left[\int_t^T(r-t)V_r\,dr\mid\mathcal F_t\right]+Y_t^{\mathrm c}.Vt​=(T−t)Mt​−E[∫tT​(r−t)Vr​dr∣Ft​]+Ytc​.

The printed equation (3.12) places YYY inside the negative conditional expectation. That is inconsistent with both the preceding display and the next closed form; the formal statement uses the consistent sign and records the discrepancy (Antonelli 1993, p. 792).

Closed forms and mean identity

The remaining intermediate targets are the paper's closed form for VVV, equation (3.13) for UUU, and the terminal-mean relation:

Vt=Mtsin⁡(T−t)+Ytccos⁡(T−t),V_t=M_t\sin(T-t)+Y_t^{\mathrm c}\cos(T-t),Vt​=Mt​sin(T−t)+Ytc​cos(T−t), Ut=J0+∫0tMssin⁡(T−s) ds+∫0tYsccos⁡(T−s) ds,U_t=J_0+\int_0^t M_s\sin(T-s)\,ds+\int_0^t Y_s^{\mathrm c}\cos(T-s)\,ds,Ut​=J0​+∫0t​Ms​sin(T−s)ds+∫0t​Ysc​cos(T−s)ds, E[UT]cos⁡T=E[J0]+E[Y]sin⁡T.\mathbb E[U_T]\cos T=\mathbb E[J_0]+\mathbb E[Y]\sin T.E[UT​]cosT=E[J0​]+E[Y]sinT.

The last identity is stated without division, so it also has meaning when cos⁡T=0\cos T=0cosT=0. These identities give the milestones in the order they occur on p. 792.

Main result

At the specific horizon T=π/2T=\pi/2T=π/2, the coupled equations have no L1(dt⊗dP)L^1(dt\otimes dP)L1(dt⊗dP) solution:

T=π2⟹∄ (U,V)∈L1(dt⊗dP)2 satisfying (3.10)–(3.11).T=\frac{\pi}{2}\quad\Longrightarrow\quad \nexists\,(U,V)\in L^1(dt\otimes dP)^2\text{ satisfying (3.10)–(3.11)}.T=2π​⟹∄(U,V)∈L1(dt⊗dP)2 satisfying (3.10)–(3.11).

Strict positivity makes the right side of the mean identity positive, while its left side vanishes. The statement is a nonexistence result for the same broad solution class as the paper, rather than a claim about a narrower pathwise class.

Significance

Example 2 shows that a nonsingular coupling can still lose existence at a finite horizon. Thus the obstruction exhibited by the earlier singular example is not explained by singularity alone. The example also marks a limitation of replacing the paper's smallness condition with the assumption that the Lipschitz constant is merely finite. At T=π/2T=\pi/2T=π/2 and k=1k=1k=1, the product kTkTkT exceeds one, as the paper notes (Antonelli 1993, p. 791).

A completed formalization would connect conditional expectations, jointly measurable time-indexed versions, and integration in L1(dt⊗dP)L^1(dt\otimes dP)L1(dt⊗dP) in a reusable Lean development. The paper proves the mathematical result. This mission asks for machine-checked statements and proofs of its intermediate identities and nonexistence conclusion; it does not claim that the result is an open mathematical problem.

Difficulty

The main challenge is that the equations are equalities of integrable processes, not pointwise equalities at every time and outcome. A value assigned to UTU_TUT​ by an arbitrary representative of an L1L^1L1 class is uncontrolled, so the terminal value must instead be reconstructed from the forward integral. Conditional expectations are defined only up to almost-sure equality at each time, yet the subsequent formulas integrate their time-indexed versions. This requires a jointly measurable version and careful movement between almost-sure statements at fixed times and dt⊗dPdt\otimes dPdt⊗dP statements.

There is also a printed sign inconsistency in (3.12). Propagating that sign would contradict the later sine-cosine formula. Finally, the paper's quotient formula for E[UT]\mathbb E[U_T]E[UT​] cannot be used at T=π/2T=\pi/2T=π/2, because its denominator vanishes there. The undivided mean identity is the meaningful target at the critical horizon.

Formalization scope

Time is represented by R≥0\mathbb R_{\ge0}R≥0​, and all integrals over time use (s,t](s,t](s,t]; for Lebesgue measure this agrees with the paper's ordinary time integrals. The ambient probability measure is a probability measure, and the filtration satisfies right continuity and completion at time zero. The two unknown processes are jointly measurable and have finite lower-integral L1L^1L1 norms. A solution uses a jointly measurable version of the conditional-expectation process, with each conditional-expectation argument explicitly integrable. The terminal UTU_TUT​ is defined from J0J_0J0​ and VVV, independently of an arbitrary endpoint value of UUU.

The source calls J0J_0J0​ and YYY positive; the formalization reads this as strict positivity almost surely, because allowing both to vanish admits the zero solution. J0J_0J0​ is integrable as required by the standing assumption on JJJ in §3; YYY remains bounded as Example 2 states. The four intermediate identities are stated for general T>0T>0T>0, while only the main result fixes T=π/2T=\pi/2T=π/2. Their process equalities hold in L1(dt⊗dP)L^1(dt\otimes dP)L1(dt⊗dP), and the terminal identity holds almost surely. This keeps the target from becoming true simply because endpoint representatives can be chosen freely.

The needed development includes product measurability, conditional expectation, Fubini's theorem, time integration, and the trigonometric identities in the closed form. The L1L^1L1 and version definitions can be reused for other coupled systems with deterministic time integrators. Contributions that establish the intermediate identities under the stated integrability assumptions, or develop the corresponding measurable-version tools, support the goal directly.

Selected references

  • Fabio Antonelli, Backward-forward stochastic differential equations, Annals of Applied Probability 3(3), 777–793, 1993. DOI: 10.1214/aoap/1177005363.
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
AnalysisOperations ResearchProbability+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Some Useful Functions for Functional Limit Theorems 3: The First-Passage-Time Map Is M₁-Continuous and J₁-Continuous at Strictly Increasing PathsResearch Paper

Why first passage times need a continuity theorem

Functional limit theorems in queueing and applied probability are rarely proved from scratch. A limit theorem is established once for a primitive process, such as a random walk, a cumulative input or a renewal-reward process, and then transferred to the quantities of interest through the continuous mapping theorem: if Xn⇒XX_n \Rightarrow XXn​⇒X in a function space and fff is continuous at almost every path of XXX, then f(Xn)⇒f(X)f(X_n) \Rightarrow f(X)f(Xn​)⇒f(X). The method works only if the functions in use are known to be continuous, and in which topology.

Ward Whitt's 1980 paper supplies these facts for composition, addition, the supremum, the reflecting barrier, the inverse or first passage time, and time reversal. This mission covers §7, the first passage time. Its role in applications is direct: the counting process of a renewal process is the first passage time of the partial-sum process. A limit theorem for cumulative work can therefore yield one for the number of completed jobs, and a limit theorem for a cumulative input can yield one for the time it takes to reach a level, when the mapping theorem's hypotheses hold.

Timeline. Skorohod (1956) introduced the topologies J1J_1J1​ and M1M_1M1​ on the space DDD of right-continuous paths with left limits. Vervaat (1972) studied functional central limit theorems for processes with positive drift and their inverses, and Whitt (1971) studied weak convergence of first passage time processes. Whitt's 1980 paper restates M1M_1M1​ continuity (Theorem 7.1) and adds the J1J_1J1​ result: the map is continuous at every strictly increasing path (Theorem 7.2), although it is not J1J_1J1​-continuous on its whole domain.

Setting

A path is a function x:[0,∞)→Rx : [0,\infty) \to \mathbb Rx:[0,∞)→R. It belongs to D=D([0,∞),R)D = D([0,\infty),\mathbb R)D=D([0,∞),R) when it is right-continuous and has a left limit at every t>0t > 0t>0.

  • J1J_1J1​ convergence. On a compact interval [0,b][0,b][0,b], xn→xx_n \to xxn​→x in J1J_1J1​ when there are increasing homeomorphisms λn\lambda_nλn​ of [0,b][0,b][0,b] with sup⁡t∣λn(t)−t∣→0\sup_t |\lambda_n(t) - t| \to 0supt​∣λn​(t)−t∣→0 and sup⁡t∣xn(t)−x(λn(t))∣→0\sup_t |x_n(t) - x(\lambda_n(t))| \to 0supt​∣xn​(t)−x(λn​(t))∣→0. On [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) this is required on [0,b][0,b][0,b] for every bbb at which xxx is continuous.
  • UUU convergence. Uniform convergence on compact subintervals.
  • M1M_1M1​ convergence. The completed graph of xxx on [0,b][0,b][0,b] adds to the graph the vertical segment joining x(t−)x(t-)x(t−) and x(t)x(t)x(t) at each jump. xn→xx_n \to xxn​→x in M1M_1M1​ when the completed graphs admit parametric representations (continuous, order-preserving maps from [0,1][0,1][0,1] onto the completed graph) that are uniformly close in both time and space.
  • The supremum. x↑(t)=sup⁡0≤s≤tx(s)x^{\uparrow}(t) = \sup_{0 \le s \le t} x(s)x↑(t)=sup0≤s≤t​x(s).
  • The domain EEE. The set of x∈Dx \in Dx∈D that are unbounded above and have x(0)≥0x(0) \ge 0x(0)≥0.
  • First passage time. For x∈Ex \in Ex∈E,
x−1(t)=inf⁡{s≥0:x(s)>t},t≥0.x^{-1}(t) = \inf\{s \ge 0 : x(s) > t\}, \qquad t \ge 0.x−1(t)=inf{s≥0:x(s)>t},t≥0.
  • D0D_0D0​. The nondecreasing paths in DDD, and CCC the continuous ones.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.2, continuity clause

If xn,x∈Ex_n, x \in Exn​,x∈E, xxx is strictly increasing, and xn→xx_n \to xxn​→x in J1J_1J1​, then

xn−1→x−1(J1).x_n^{-1} \to x^{-1} \quad (J_1).xn−1​→x−1(J1​).

The theorem says that every strictly increasing path is a continuity point of the first passage time map for J1J_1J1​. It fixes no constants, so a sharper variant of a milestone does not invalidate it.

Milestones

  1. J1J_1J1​ convergence implies M1M_1M1​ convergence (§6, p. 80).
  2. The supremum map is M1M_1M1​-continuous on paths with x(0)≥0x(0) \ge 0x(0)≥0 (§6, p. 80, as used in the proof of Theorem 7.1).
  3. x∈Ex \in Ex∈E implies x−1∈E∩D0([0,∞),[0,∞))x^{-1} \in E \cap D_0([0,\infty),[0,\infty))x−1∈E∩D0​([0,∞),[0,∞)) (§7, p. 82).
  4. x↑∈Ex^{\uparrow} \in Ex↑∈E and (x↑)−1=x−1(x^{\uparrow})^{-1} = x^{-1}(x↑)−1=x−1 (proof of Theorem 7.1).
  5. Theorem 7.1. If xn,x∈Ex_n, x \in Exn​,x∈E and xn→xx_n \to xxn​→x in M1M_1M1​, then xn−1→x−1x_n^{-1} \to x^{-1}xn−1​→x−1 in M1M_1M1​.
  6. For strictly increasing x∈Ex \in Ex∈E, x−1x^{-1}x−1 is continuous with x−1(0)=0x^{-1}(0) = 0x−1(0)=0.
  7. M1M_1M1​ convergence to a continuous limit starting at 000 is UUU convergence.
  8. UUU convergence implies J1J_1J1​ convergence.
  9. Theorem 7.4. If cn→∞c_n \to \inftycn​→∞, xn∈Ex_n \in Exn​∈E, cn(xn↑−e)→xc_n(x_n^{\uparrow} - e) \to xcn​(xn↑​−e)→x and cn(xn−1−e)→−xc_n(x_n^{-1} - e) \to -xcn​(xn−1​−e)→−x in J1J_1J1​, then x∈Cx \in Cx∈C.

Significance

The result. Theorem 7.2 lets J1J_1J1​ functional limit theorems pass to first passage times when the limit has strictly increasing paths. The typical case is the fluid limit x(t)=μtx(t) = \mu tx(t)=μt of a cumulative process, with μ>0\mu>0μ>0. Together with the composition results of §3, it supports Theorem 7.3's centered inverse limit: if cn→∞c_n \to \inftycn​→∞, xn∈Ex_n \in Exn​∈E, x(0)=0x(0)=0x(0)=0, xxx has no positive jumps, and cn(xn−e)→xc_n(x_n-e) \to xcn​(xn​−e)→x in J1J_1J1​, then cn(xn−1−e)→−xc_n(x_n^{-1}-e) \to -xcn​(xn−1​−e)→−x in J1J_1J1​. This is one step from a central limit theorem for partial sums to one for counting processes. Theorem 7.4 shows a limitation: convergence of both the centered supremum and the centered inverse in J1J_1J1​ forces a continuous limit.

Formalizing it. The results are proved and classical, but none of them has a machine-checked proof. The mission produces the M1M_1M1​ topology on D([0,∞),R)D([0,\infty),\mathbb R)D([0,∞),R) in Lean, the first passage time map with its basic properties, and the comparison between J1J_1J1​, M1M_1M1​ and UUU. That infrastructure is reused by every later formalization that goes through counting processes or the M1M_1M1​ topology, including the planned wave of §§3–7 corollaries in this series.

Difficulty

The first passage time map is not J1J_1J1​-continuous. On p. 82 the paper gives paths xn→xx_n \to xxn​→x in J1J_1J1​ whose inverses converge only in M1M_1M1​: a flat stretch of the limit becomes a jump of x−1x^{-1}x−1, which the inverses of the approximating paths approach through two separate jumps. Inverting the time changes λn\lambda_nλn​ of the J1J_1J1​ convergence cannot handle that split, because J1J_1J1​ matches jumps one to one. The hypothesis that xxx is strictly increasing excludes flat stretches of the limit. The technical weight lies in completed graphs and their parametric representations, which Mathlib does not have, and in the restriction to compact intervals at continuity points of the limit.

Formalization scope

  • Paths are total functions R→R\mathbb R \to \mathbb RR→R. Only [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) matters, and every statement is on Ici 0. All convergences are sequential, which is equivalent because the spaces are metrizable (Theorem 2.6). Membership of every path in DDD is part of each convergence.
  • J1J_1J1​ is the shared layer of the series: the metric (2.1) with [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued distances, extended to [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) through restrictions to [a,b][a,b][a,b] whose endpoints are continuity points or endpoints.
  • M1M_1M1​ is not defined in the paper. The mission defines it with the convention x(0−):=0x(0-) := 0x(0−):=0 at the origin, so the completed graph on [0,b][0,b][0,b] starts with the segment from (0,0)(0,0)(0,0) to (0,x(0))(0,x(0))(0,x(0)). With the convention x(0−)=x(0)x(0-) = x(0)x(0−)=x(0), Theorem 7.1 is false. For x(s)=(s−1)+x(s) = (s-1)^+x(s)=(s−1)+ and xn=x+1/nx_n = x + 1/nxn​=x+1/n, xn−1x_n^{-1}xn−1​ jumps from 000 to 111 at t=1/nt = 1/nt=1/n while x−1(0)=1x^{-1}(0) = 1x−1(0)=1. The convention is Whitt's later M1′M_1'M1′​. Two milestones carry a hypothesis that this convention forces, and each says so: the supremum milestone requires xn(0),x(0)≥0x_n(0), x(0) \ge 0xn​(0),x(0)≥0 (as on EEE), and the M1⇒UM_1 \Rightarrow UM1​⇒U milestone requires x(0)=0x(0) = 0x(0)=0. The goal, which is stated in J1J_1J1​, does not depend on the convention.
  • x−1x^{-1}x−1 is a real infimum. Its set is nonempty because paths in EEE are unbounded above, so every statement that uses x−1x^{-1}x−1 assumes membership in EEE. The inequality x(s)>tx(s) > tx(s)>t is strict, as on the page.
  • Omitted. The measurability clause of Theorem 7.2 refers to the Borel σ-field of J1J_1J1​, which the series does not build, and it is not stated. Replacing it by measurability for the product σ-algebra would be a different statement. The second clause of the §6 sentence on D0D_0D0​ is also not stated.
  • Ruled out. A formalization in which x−1x^{-1}x−1 is applied outside EEE (giving the junk value 000), or in which J1J_1J1​ convergence omits membership in DDD (making the restriction clause vacuous), would trivialize the goal. Both are excluded.

Contributions welcome: the general theory of parametric representations (existence, and the M1M_1M1​ comparison with J1J_1J1​ and UUU), which is reusable for any M1M_1M1​ result. Alternative proofs of Theorem 7.2 that avoid M1M_1M1​ are also welcome.

Selected references

  • W. Whitt, Some Useful Functions for Functional Limit Theorems, Mathematics of Operations Research 5(1), 1980, 67–85. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.5.1.67
  • A. V. Skorohod, Limit theorems for stochastic processes, Theory of Probability and Its Applications 1(3), 1956, 261–290. https://doi.org/10.1137/1101022
  • W. Whitt, Weak convergence of first passage time processes, Journal of Applied Probability 8(2), 1971, 417–422. https://doi.org/10.2307/3211913
  • W. Vervaat, Functional central limit theorems for processes with positive drift and their inverses, Zeitschrift für Wahrscheinlichkeitstheorie 23, 1972, 245–253. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00532510
  • W. Whitt, Stochastic-Process Limits, Springer, 2002, §13.6. https://doi.org/10.1007/b97479
14 thms2 active usersReviewed
Graph TheoryOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Stability Properties of Constrained Queueing Systems and Scheduling Policies for Maximum Throughput in Multihop Radio Networks II: Outside C̄′ the Queues Grow to Infinity a.s. under Every PolicyResearch Paper

Motivation

In a multihop radio network, links that are close to each other interfere, so only certain sets of links can transmit in the same time slot. Tassiulas and Ephremides (IEEE TAC 1992) modelled this as a constrained queueing system and asked which arrival rates any scheduler can sustain. Their answer has two halves. The first, Theorem 3.2, shows that a maximum-weight ("back-pressure") policy stabilizes the network for every rate vector in an explicit region C′C'C′, and that no stationary policy does better than its closure. The second, Theorem 4.1 and the subject of this mission, removes the restriction to stationary policies: outside the closure Cˉ′\bar C'Cˉ′, every scheduler, however it uses the past, lets the queues grow without bound almost surely.

The pair of results is the origin of throughput-optimal scheduling in wireless and switched networks: max-weight scheduling in input-queued switches, back-pressure routing, and the Lyapunov-drift framework of network utility maximization all start from this region and this converse. The converse is what makes "throughput-optimal" a meaningful claim: it certifies that Cˉ′\bar C'Cˉ′ is a hard limit, not merely the limit of one policy class.

Setting

There are LLL queues and NNN servers (links). Server iii serves queue q(i)q(i)q(i) and sends each served customer to a queue h(i)h(i)h(i) or out of the system. Time is slotted and a service takes one slot. An activation set is a set of servers that may be active in the same slot; the constraint set SSS is the family of all activation sets, and assumption C.1 says that every subset of an activation set is an activation set. The activation vector of a set ccc is its indicator vector in {0,1}N\{0,1\}^N{0,1}N, and co(S)\mathrm{co}(S)co(S) is the convex hull of the activation vectors.

A history-dependent policy π∈G~\pi\in\tilde Gπ∈G~ chooses, at the start of slot ttt, an activation set E(t)∈SE(t)\in SE(t)∈S as a function of the queue-length vectors X(0),…,X(t−1)X(0),\dots,X(t-1)X(0),…,X(t−1), never activating more servers of a queue than it has customers. The queue lengths evolve by

Xl(t)=Xl(t−1)−#{i∈E(t):q(i)=l}+#{i∈E(t):h(i)=l}+Al(t),X_l(t)=X_l(t-1)-\#\{i\in E(t):q(i)=l\}+\#\{i\in E(t):h(i)=l\}+A_l(t),Xl​(t)=Xl​(t−1)−#{i∈E(t):q(i)=l}+#{i∈E(t):h(i)=l}+Al​(t),

where the arrivals Al(t)A_l(t)Al​(t) are i.i.d. over ttt, independent across queues, with finite second moments and means ala_lal​.

The routing matrix RRR has rli=1r_{li}=1rli​=1 if h(i)=lh(i)=lh(i)=l and rli=−1r_{li}=-1rli​=−1 if q(i)=lq(i)=lq(i)=l. A vector f≥0f\ge0f≥0 indexed by servers is an aaa-admissible flow if a=−Rfa=-Rfa=−Rf. The region C′C'C′ is the set of a≥0a\ge0a≥0 that admit such a flow and a point c∈co(S)c\in\mathrm{co}(S)c∈co(S) with fi<cif_i<c_ifi​<ci​ wherever fi>0f_i>0fi​>0 and fi=0f_i=0fi​=0 wherever ci=0c_i=0ci​=0.

The proof uses the flow network NafN_{af}Naf​: the queues plus an originator ooo and a terminal ddd, an edge (o,l)(o,l)(o,l) of capacity ala_lal​ for every queue, and an edge of capacity fkf_kfk​ from q(k)q(k)q(k) to h(k)h(k)h(k) (or to ddd) for every server kkk. A cut is a set WWW of queues on the originator's side; its capacity CafC_{af}Caf​ is the total capacity of the edges leaving W∪{o}W\cup\{o\}W∪{o}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1

a∉Cˉ′ ⟹ lim⁡t→∞∑l=1LXl(t)=∞a.s., for every π∈G~ and every initial state.a\notin\bar C'\ \Longrightarrow\ \lim_{t\to\infty}\sum_{l=1}^L X_l(t)=\infty\quad\text{a.s., for every }\pi\in\tilde G\text{ and every initial state.}a∈/Cˉ′ ⟹ t→∞lim​l=1∑L​Xl​(t)=∞a.s., for every π∈G~ and every initial state.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. Lemma A.1: under C.1, c∈co(S)c\in\mathrm{co}(S)c∈co(S) and 0≤x≤c0\le x\le c0≤x≤c imply x∈co(S)x\in\mathrm{co}(S)x∈co(S).
  2. Lemma 3.1 (one class, unit service): Cˉ′={a≥0:∃f∈Fa, c∈co(S), f≤c}\bar C'=\{a\ge0:\exists f\in F_a,\ c\in\mathrm{co}(S),\ f\le c\}Cˉ′={a≥0:∃f∈Fa​, c∈co(S), f≤c}.
  3. Lemma 4.1: if a∉Cˉ′a\notin\bar C'a∈/Cˉ′, the maximum over f∈co(S)f\in\mathrm{co}(S)f∈co(S) of the mincut capacity of NafN_{af}Naf​ is attained and is strictly below ∑lal\sum_l a_l∑l​al​.
  4. Corollary 4.1: there is one ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0 such that ∑l∈Wafal−ϵ\sum_{l\in W_{af}}a_l-\epsilon∑l∈Waf​​al​−ϵ bounds the server capacity leaving WafW_{af}Waf​, for every f∈co(S)f\in\mathrm{co}(S)f∈co(S) and every mincut.
  5. (4.7), pathwise: ∑lXl(t)≥min⁡Q∑τ=1t(∑l∈Q(Al(τ)−al)+ϵ)\sum_l X_l(t)\ge\min_{Q}\sum_{\tau=1}^t\big(\sum_{l\in Q}(A_l(\tau)-a_l)+\epsilon\big)∑l​Xl​(t)≥minQ​∑τ=1t​(∑l∈Q​(Al​(τ)−al​)+ϵ) for every policy and every arrival sequence.
  6. (4.12): each of these 2L2^L2L partial sums tends to +∞+\infty+∞ almost surely.

Significance

Theorem 4.1 closes the characterization of the throughput region of a constrained queueing network. With Theorem 3.2 it says that the set of sustainable rates is C′C'C′ up to its boundary, for all policies and not only stationary ones, and that allowing schedules to depend on the entire history, on time, or on long-range planning cannot enlarge it. Every later throughput-optimality result for max-weight-type policies in switches and wireless networks cites this converse, and the region co(S)\mathrm{co}(S)co(S) of "average activation vectors" is the standard capacity region of interference-constrained networks.

The result has been proved since 1992 and has not, to our knowledge, been machine-checked. A formalization adds a precise statement of the policy class G~\tilde GG~ (history-dependent, non-anticipating, never serving empty queues), a sample-path inequality (4.7) that is independent of probability and reusable for any arrival model, and a cut-based description of Cˉ′\bar C'Cˉ′ through Lemma 4.1 and Corollary 4.1.

Difficulty

The obvious argument fails at the policy class. For a stationary policy the queue-length process is a Markov chain and an instability argument can use its ergodic behaviour; a history-dependent policy has no such structure, and the time-average activation vector λ(t)=1t∑τ≤tE(τ)\lambda(t)=\frac1t\sum_{\tau\le t}E(\tau)λ(t)=t1​∑τ≤t​E(τ) wanders in co(S)\mathrm{co}(S)co(S) without converging. The argument must therefore find, for every possible average λ\lambdaλ, a set of queues whose net inflow exceeds its outflow by a margin that does not depend on λ\lambdaλ. That uniformity is the content of Lemma 4.1 and Corollary 4.1: it needs the max-flow/min-cut theorem on NafN_{af}Naf​, the continuity of the mincut capacity in fff, the compactness of co(S)\mathrm{co}(S)co(S), and Lemma A.1 to bring a maximum flow back into co(S)\mathrm{co}(S)co(S). Comparing ∑lal\sum_l a_l∑l​al​ with the total service capacity, or using a single fixed cut, does not work: the bottleneck set of queues depends on how the policy spreads its activations.

Formalization scope

Queues are Fin L and servers Fin N, indexed from 0. A server's destination is Option (Fin L), none meaning out of the system. SSS is a Set (Finset (Fin N)); C.1 is a predicate, and every theorem that needs it also assumes ∅∈S\emptyset\in S∅∈S (otherwise SSS may be empty and no policy exists). Rate vectors are Fin L → ℝ, and C′C'C′ includes a≥0a\ge0a≥0. Service times are one slot, so M=IM=IM=I. The goal's hypothesis is a∉Cˉ′a\notin\bar C'a∈/Cˉ′ with C′C'C′ defined from flows, as in the introduction of §IV; the printed theorem uses the closure of the stability region CCC, which equals Cˉ′\bar C'Cˉ′ by Theorem 3.2 of the paper. A policy is a function from the history X(0),…,X(t)X(0),\dots,X(t)X(0),…,X(t) to the activation set of slot t+1t+1t+1, required to choose sets in SSS and to activate no more servers of a queue than it has customers; the queue dynamics are written in N\mathbb NN, where this requirement makes the subtraction exact. Arrivals are random vectors in NL\mathbb N^LNL, i.i.d. in time (iIndepFun, IdentDistrib), independent across queues, with integrable squares; aaa is their mean, not a free parameter.

The statement does not hold vacuously: a one-queue, one-server example with constant arrivals of two customers per slot satisfies every hypothesis of the goal, including the existence of runs, and lies outside Cˉ′\bar C'Cˉ′ (checked in a sanity file). A formalization in which policies may see future arrivals, or may serve empty queues, or in which aaa is unrelated to the arrival law, is a different theorem.

A complete development needs: the max-flow/min-cut theorem for finite networks with parallel edges (posed elsewhere on the platform in other encodings, not proved), continuity of a minimum of finitely many linear functions, compactness of a convex hull of finitely many points, and Mathlib's strong law of large numbers. The pathwise bound (4.7) and the cut lemmas are reusable for any interference-constrained network. Proofs of any milestone, and alternative routes to Lemma 4.1 (for instance through linear-programming duality), are welcome.

Selected references

  • L. Tassiulas and A. Ephremides, Stability properties of constrained queueing systems and scheduling policies for maximum throughput in multihop radio networks, IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control 37(12):1936–1948, 1992. https://doi.org/10.1109/9.182479
  • C. H. Papadimitriou and K. Steiglitz, Combinatorial Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity, Prentice-Hall, 1982 (reference [17] of the paper, for the max-flow/min-cut theorem).
  • L. R. Ford and D. R. Fulkerson, Maximal flow through a network, Canadian Journal of Mathematics 8:399–404, 1956. https://doi.org/10.4153/CJM-1956-045-5
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Probability·Captain: mikedeng1

The Two-Parameter Poisson–Dirichlet Distribution Derived from a Stable Subordinator 4: The Density of V_1 under PD(α, θ) Is Determined by the PD(α, α + θ) Law of V_1Research Paper

Motivation

A random discrete distribution is a random sequence of frequencies V1≥V2≥⋯≥0V_1 \ge V_2 \ge \cdots \ge 0V1​≥V2​≥⋯≥0 with ∑nVn=1\sum_n V_n = 1∑n​Vn​=1. Such sequences model the relative sizes of species in a large population, of allele classes in population genetics, of cycles of a random permutation, of prime factors of a random integer, and of the excursion intervals of a Brownian motion or Bessel process. The two-parameter Poisson–Dirichlet family PD(α,θ)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,\theta)PD(α,θ), 0≤α<10 \le \alpha < 10≤α<1, θ>−α\theta > -\alphaθ>−α, contains Kingman's one-parameter law PD(0,θ)\mathrm{PD}(0,\theta)PD(0,θ) (Ewens sampling formula, random permutations) and the law PD(α,0)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha, 0)PD(α,0) of the ranked jumps of a stable subordinator. It is the reference prior in Bayesian nonparametrics (the Pitman–Yor process) and the reference model in the combinatorics of random partitions.

J. Pitman and M. Yor, The two-parameter Poisson–Dirichlet distribution derived from a stable subordinator (Ann. Probab. 25 (1997)), extend what was known for PD(0,θ)\mathrm{PD}(0,\theta)PD(0,θ) and PD(α,0)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,0)PD(α,0) to the whole family. This mission formalizes one of their results: an identity (Proposition 19, p. 867) that describes the law of the largest frequency V1V_1V1​ under PD(α,θ)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,\theta)PD(α,θ) through the law of the largest frequency under PD(α,α+θ)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,\alpha+\theta)PD(α,α+θ).

Timeline. McCloskey (1965) showed that sampling from PD(0,θ)\mathrm{PD}(0,\theta)PD(0,θ) discovers the frequencies in the stick-breaking order of independent beta(1,θ)\mathrm{beta}(1,\theta)beta(1,θ) variables. Dickman (1930) found the distribution of the largest prime factor; Vershik (1986) recorded it as the case α=0\alpha = 0α=0, θ=1\theta = 1θ=1 of an equation of this form. Engen (1978) introduced the two-parameter stick-breaking scheme for θ>0\theta > 0θ>0. Perman, Pitman and Yor (1992) and Pitman (1996) proved that this scheme is the size-biased permutation of the ranked frequencies for the whole parameter range (Proposition 2 here). Pitman and Yor (1997) derived (52) for all 0≤α<10 \le \alpha < 10≤α<1, θ>−α\theta > -\alphaθ>−α.

Setting

Fix 0≤α<10 \le \alpha < 10≤α<1 and θ>−α\theta > -\alphaθ>−α. Let Y~1,Y~2,…\tilde Y_1, \tilde Y_2, \dotsY~1​,Y~2​,… be independent random variables, Y~n\tilde Y_nY~n​ having the beta distribution beta(1−α,θ+nα)\mathrm{beta}(1-\alpha, \theta + n\alpha)beta(1−α,θ+nα), with density Γ(a+b)Γ(a)Γ(b)xa−1(1−x)b−1\frac{\Gamma(a+b)}{\Gamma(a)\Gamma(b)}x^{a-1}(1-x)^{b-1}Γ(a)Γ(b)Γ(a+b)​xa−1(1−x)b−1 on (0,1)(0,1)(0,1) for a=1−αa = 1-\alphaa=1−α, b=θ+nαb = \theta+n\alphab=θ+nα. Break a stick of length one:

V~1=Y~1,V~n=(1−Y~1)⋯(1−Y~n−1) Y~n(n≥2).(4)\tilde V_1 = \tilde Y_1, \qquad \tilde V_n = (1-\tilde Y_1)\cdots(1-\tilde Y_{n-1})\,\tilde Y_n \quad (n \ge 2). \tag{4}V~1​=Y~1​,V~n​=(1−Y~1​)⋯(1−Y~n−1​)Y~n​(n≥2).(4)

Let V1≥V2≥⋯V_1 \ge V_2 \ge \cdotsV1​≥V2​≥⋯ be the ranked values of the pieces V~n\tilde V_nV~n​. The law of (Vn)(V_n)(Vn​) is PD(α,θ)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,\theta)PD(α,θ) (Definition 1, p. 857); Pα,θP_{\alpha,\theta}Pα,θ​ denotes probability for this construction.

A random variable V~1\tilde V_1V~1​ is a size-biased pick from (Vn)(V_n)(Vn​) if P(V~1=Vn∣V1,V2,… )=VnP(\tilde V_1 = V_n \mid V_1, V_2, \dots) = V_nP(V~1​=Vn​∣V1​,V2​,…)=Vn​ for every nnn: it is the frequency of the species of an individual drawn at random. A size-biased permutation continues the sampling without replacement, (2) and p. 857. A sample from (Vn)(V_n)(Vn​) is a random index NNN with P(N=n∣V)=VnP(N = n \mid V) = V_nP(N=n∣V)=Vn​ (113).

In Lean all sequences are ℕ → ℝ, 0-based (V ω 0 is V1V_1V1​); the objects are stick, ranked, IsStickLaw, HasPD, IsSizeBiasedPick, IsSizeBiasedPerm, IsSample, deleteAt, insertAt in the namespace PoissonDirichlet.MaxDensity.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 19, identity (52)

For 0≤α<10 \le \alpha < 10≤α<1, θ>−α\theta > -\alphaθ>−α, the variable V1V_1V1​ lies in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1) almost surely and

Pα,θ(V1∈dx)dx=Γ(θ+1)Γ(θ+α)Γ(1−α) x−α−1(1−x)α+θ−1  Pα,α+θ ⁣(V1<x1−x),0<x<1.\frac{P_{\alpha,\theta}(V_1 \in dx)}{dx} = \frac{\Gamma(\theta+1)}{\Gamma(\theta+\alpha)\Gamma(1-\alpha)}\, x^{-\alpha-1}(1-x)^{\alpha+\theta-1}\; P_{\alpha,\alpha+\theta}\!\left(V_1 < \frac{x}{1-x}\right), \qquad 0 < x < 1.dxPα,θ​(V1​∈dx)​=Γ(θ+α)Γ(1−α)Γ(θ+1)​x−α−1(1−x)α+θ−1Pα,α+θ​(V1​<1−xx​),0<x<1.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 2 (p. 857): V1>V2>⋯>0V_1 > V_2 > \cdots > 0V1​>V2​>⋯>0, ∑nVn=1\sum_n V_n = 1∑n​Vn​=1 a.s., and (V~n)(\tilde V_n)(V~n​) is a size-biased permutation of (Vn)(V_n)(Vn​).
  2. Corollary 3 (p. 858): every size-biased pick from a PD(α,θ)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,\theta)PD(α,θ) sequence has the beta(1−α,θ+α)\mathrm{beta}(1-\alpha,\theta+\alpha)beta(1−α,θ+α) law.
  3. Display (6) (p. 858): E∑nf(Vn)=E[f(V~1)/V~1]=Γ(θ+1)Γ(θ+α)Γ(1−α)∫01f(u)(1−u)α+θ−1u−α−1 duE\sum_n f(V_n) = E[f(\tilde V_1)/\tilde V_1] = \frac{\Gamma(\theta+1)}{\Gamma(\theta+\alpha)\Gamma(1-\alpha)}\int_0^1 f(u)(1-u)^{\alpha+\theta-1}u^{-\alpha-1}\,duE∑n​f(Vn​)=E[f(V~1​)/V~1​]=Γ(θ+α)Γ(1−α)Γ(θ+1)​∫01​f(u)(1−u)α+θ−1u−α−1du.
  4. The stick-tail identity (p. 876): (V~2,V~3,… )/(1−V~1)(\tilde V_2, \tilde V_3, \dots)/(1-\tilde V_1)(V~2​,V~3​,…)/(1−V~1​) has the Pα,α+θP_{\alpha,\alpha+\theta}Pα,α+θ​ law of (V~1,V~2,… )(\tilde V_1, \tilde V_2, \dots)(V~1​,V~2​,…), independently of V~1\tilde V_1V~1​.
  5. Display (91) (p. 876): Pα,θ(V1∈dx,V1=V~1)=x Pα,θ(V1∈dx)P_{\alpha,\theta}(V_1 \in dx, V_1 = \tilde V_1) = x\,P_{\alpha,\theta}(V_1 \in dx)Pα,θ​(V1​∈dx,V1​=V~1​)=xPα,θ​(V1​∈dx).
  6. Display (92) (p. 876): the same quantity equals Γ(θ+1)Γ(θ+α)Γ(1−α)x−α(1−x)α+θ−1 dx Pα,α+θ(V1<x/(1−x))\frac{\Gamma(\theta+1)}{\Gamma(\theta+\alpha)\Gamma(1-\alpha)}x^{-\alpha}(1-x)^{\alpha+\theta-1}\,dx\,P_{\alpha,\alpha+\theta}(V_1 < x/(1-x))Γ(θ+α)Γ(1−α)Γ(θ+1)​x−α(1−x)α+θ−1dxPα,α+θ​(V1​<x/(1−x)).
  7. Uniqueness (p. 877): (52), imposed for all θ>−α\theta > -\alphaθ>−α, determines the family of laws of V1V_1V1​.
  8. Propositions 34 and 35 (p. 881): deleting a sampled frequency and renormalising maps PD(α,θ)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,\theta)PD(α,θ) to PD(α,θ+α)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,\theta+\alpha)PD(α,θ+α), independently of VN∼beta(1−α,θ+α)V_N \sim \mathrm{beta}(1-\alpha,\theta+\alpha)VN​∼beta(1−α,θ+α); inserting an independent beta variable reverses it.

Significance

The result. The law of V1V_1V1​ under PD(α,θ)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,\theta)PD(α,θ) has no closed form. Identity (52) is a functional equation in the parameter: on (1/2,1)(1/2,1)(1/2,1) the last factor equals one and the density is explicit; on (1/(n+1),1/n)(1/(n+1), 1/n)(1/(n+1),1/n) it is expressed through the law of V1V_1V1​ under PD(α,α+θ)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,\alpha+\theta)PD(α,α+θ) on (1/n,1)(1/n, 1)(1/n,1). Specialised to α=0\alpha = 0α=0, θ=1\theta = 1θ=1 it is Dickman's equation for the largest prime factor of a random integer and for the longest cycle of a random permutation. The size-biased tools of the milestones (Corollary 3, (6), Propositions 34 and 35) are the standard way to compute with PD(α,θ)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,\theta)PD(α,θ) and its partition structure.

Formalizing it. All results here are proved in the literature; none is formalized. Mathlib has the beta distribution, infinite product measures, independence and conditional expectation, but no random discrete distributions, no ranking of a countable sequence, and no size-biased sampling. The mission produces these objects and the first theorems about them: the identification of the stick-breaking scheme with the size-biased permutation of the ranked frequencies (cited by the paper, not proved there), the structural distribution, and the density identity.

Difficulty

The obvious obstacle is Proposition 2: the identification of the stick-breaking order with the size-biased order of the ranked values is a statement about conditional probabilities given an infinite sequence, it is only cited in the paper, and its proof (Perman–Pitman–Yor, Pitman) goes through exchangeable partitions or Poisson point processes. Everything else in the mission rests on it. A second obstacle is the events themselves: {V1=V~1}\{V_1 = \tilde V_1\}{V1​=V~1​} coincides with {max⁡n≥2V~n<V~1}\{\max_{n \ge 2}\tilde V_n < \tilde V_1\}{maxn≥2​V~n​<V~1​} only because the pieces are almost surely distinct, and conditioning on V~1=x\tilde V_1 = xV~1​=x needs the independence of the renormalised tail from V~1\tilde V_1V~1​, which is not a pointwise identity but a statement about infinite product measures. Reading (52) off the page as a pointwise identity of densities is not enough: densities are defined only almost everywhere.

Formalization scope

The parameter range 0≤α<10 \le \alpha < 10≤α<1, θ>−α\theta > -\alphaθ>−α of Definition 1 is a hypothesis of every statement; α=0\alpha = 0α=0 is included. A sequence "has the PD(α,θ)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,\theta)PD(α,θ) distribution" (HasPD) if it is a.e.-measurable and, for some law μ\muμ of independent beta variables as in Definition 1 (IsStickLaw), P(V∈S)=μ(ranked stick∈S)P(V \in S) = \mu(\text{ranked stick} \in S)P(V∈S)=μ(ranked stick∈S) for every measurable SSS. Ranked values are defined with Set.encard, so infinitely many large terms are never counted as zero. Conditional probabilities are conditional expectations of indicators; size-biased picks, permutations and samples are measurable random variables, an assumption the page makes implicitly. Expectations of nonnegative functions are lower Lebesgue integrals. The density identity is an equality of measures on Borel subsets of (0,1)(0,1)(0,1), with two probability spaces for the two parameter values. Indices are 0-based. Insertion (p. 881) is defined with the index n−1n-1n−1 for the shifted tail, where the page prints n+1n+1n+1.

The formalization rules out the trivial readings: no Measure.map of a possibly non-measurable map (which would be the zero measure), no Set.ncard in the ranking, no Bochner integral of a possibly non-integrable function (whose value would be 000), no limUnder, and no dropped parameter range. Corollary 3 quantifies over every pick from every PD(α,θ)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,\theta)PD(α,θ) sequence, not over the stick-breaking construction where it is the hypothesis. A sorry-free check shows that IsStickLaw is inhabited for every admissible (α,θ)(\alpha,\theta)(α,θ), so HasPD is not vacuous.

Contributions are welcome at every level: measurability of ranked, the law of the renormalised stick tail (infinite product measures), Proposition 2 through exchangeable partitions, and the recursion of the uniqueness statement, which is pure measure theory. The definitions are reusable by the other missions of this series.

Selected references

  • J. Pitman and M. Yor, The two-parameter Poisson–Dirichlet distribution derived from a stable subordinator, Ann. Probab. 25(2):855–900, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1024404422
  • M. Perman, J. Pitman and M. Yor, Size-biased sampling of Poisson point processes and excursions, Probab. Theory Related Fields 92:21–39, 1992. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01205234
  • J. Pitman, Random discrete distributions invariant under size-biased permutation, Adv. Appl. Probab. 28:525–539, 1996. https://doi.org/10.2307/1428070
  • K. Dickman, On the frequency of numbers containing prime factors of a certain relative magnitude, Arkiv för Matematik, Astronomi och Fysik 22:1–14, 1930.
  • S. Engen, Stochastic Abundance Models, Chapman and Hall, 1978.
  • J. W. McCloskey, A model for the distribution of individuals by species in an environment, PhD thesis, Michigan State University, 1965.
  • A. M. Vershik, The asymptotic distribution of factorizations of natural numbers into prime divisors, Soviet Math. Dokl. 34:57–61, 1986.
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
Probability·Captain: mikedeng1

The Two-Parameter Poisson–Dirichlet Distribution Derived from a Stable Subordinator 3: Moments E_{α,θ}(V_n^p) of the n-th Largest PD(α, θ) Frequency as One Integral of φ_α and ψ_αResearch Paper

Motivation

Random discrete distributions — a random sequence of nonnegative frequencies V1≥V2≥…V_1\ge V_2\ge\dotsV1​≥V2​≥… summing to one — model the relative sizes of species in a population, of cycles in a random permutation, of excursion intervals of a Markov process, and of clusters in Bayesian nonparametric models. The two-parameter Poisson–Dirichlet law PD(α,θ)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,\theta)PD(α,θ) is the family that contains Kingman's one-parameter law PD(0,θ)\mathrm{PD}(0,\theta)PD(0,θ) (Ewens sampling, random permutations) and the law PD(α,0)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,0)PD(α,0) of ranked excursion lengths of a stable subordinator. J. Pitman and M. Yor, The two-parameter Poisson–Dirichlet distribution derived from a stable subordinator (Ann. Probab. 25 (1997)), developed its distribution theory systematically. In Bayesian nonparametrics the same family appears as the Pitman–Yor process prior.

A basic quantitative question about any random discrete distribution is the size of its nnn-th largest atom. This mission formalizes the paper's answer for PD(α,θ)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,\theta)PD(α,θ): every moment E(Vnp)E(V_n^p)E(Vnp​) as one explicit integral.

Timeline. The moment formula for PD(0,θ)\mathrm{PD}(0,\theta)PD(0,θ) (Corollary 18 below) was known before 1997 (references [63, 73, 25, 50] of the paper). The Laplace transform of 1/Vn1/V_n1/Vn​ under PD(α,0)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,0)PD(α,0) was obtained, in different settings, by Darling (1952) and Lamperti (1961) for n=1n=1n=1 and by Wendel (1964) for n=2,3,…n=2,3,\dotsn=2,3,…. Perman, Pitman and Yor (1992) proved that PD(α,θ)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,\theta)PD(α,θ) has density a constant times Lθ/αL^{\theta/\alpha}Lθ/α relative to PD(α,0)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,0)PD(α,0). Pitman and Yor (1997) combined these into Proposition 17.

Setting

Fix 0≤α<10\le\alpha<10≤α<1 and θ>−α\theta>-\alphaθ>−α. Let Y~1,Y~2,…\tilde Y_1,\tilde Y_2,\dotsY~1​,Y~2​,… be independent with Y~n∼beta(1−α,θ+nα)\tilde Y_n\sim\mathrm{beta}(1-\alpha,\theta+n\alpha)Y~n​∼beta(1−α,θ+nα), the law with density Γ(a+b)Γ(a)Γ(b)xa−1(1−x)b−1\frac{\Gamma(a+b)}{\Gamma(a)\Gamma(b)}x^{a-1}(1-x)^{b-1}Γ(a)Γ(b)Γ(a+b)​xa−1(1−x)b−1 on (0,1)(0,1)(0,1). Break a unit stick:

V~1=Y~1,V~n=(1−Y~1)⋯(1−Y~n−1)Y~n(n≥2),\tilde V_1=\tilde Y_1,\qquad \tilde V_n=(1-\tilde Y_1)\cdots(1-\tilde Y_{n-1})\tilde Y_n\quad(n\ge2),V~1​=Y~1​,V~n​=(1−Y~1​)⋯(1−Y~n−1​)Y~n​(n≥2),

and let V1≥V2≥…V_1\ge V_2\ge\dotsV1​≥V2​≥… be the ranked values of the V~n\tilde V_nV~n​. The law of (Vn)(V_n)(Vn​) is PD(α,θ)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,\theta)PD(α,θ) (Definition 1); Eα,θE_{\alpha,\theta}Eα,θ​ denotes expectation under it.

For 0<α<10<\alpha<10<α<1 and λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0 the paper introduces

ϕα(λ)=α∫1∞e−λxx−α−1 dx,ψα(λ)=1+α∫01(1−e−λx)x−α−1 dx.\phi_\alpha(\lambda)=\alpha\int_1^\infty e^{-\lambda x}x^{-\alpha-1}\,dx,\qquad \psi_\alpha(\lambda)=1+\alpha\int_0^1(1-e^{-\lambda x})x^{-\alpha-1}\,dx .ϕα​(λ)=α∫1∞​e−λxx−α−1dx,ψα​(λ)=1+α∫01​(1−e−λx)x−α−1dx.

Under PD(α,0)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,0)PD(α,0) the local time L=lim⁡n→∞nVnαL=\lim_{n\to\infty}nV_n^\alphaL=limn→∞​nVnα​ exists almost surely. From (Vn)(V_n)(Vn​) one derives Rn=Vn+1/VnR_n=V_{n+1}/V_nRn​=Vn+1​/Vn​, An=(V1+⋯+Vn)/Vn+1A_n=(V_1+\dots+V_n)/V_{n+1}An​=(V1​+⋯+Vn​)/Vn+1​ (with A0=0A_0=0A0​=0) and Xn=LVn−αX_n=LV_n^{-\alpha}Xn​=LVn−α​. Finally

Cα,θ=Γ(θ+1)Γ(θ/α+1)Γ(1−α)θ/α.C_{\alpha,\theta}=\frac{\Gamma(\theta+1)}{\Gamma(\theta/\alpha+1)}\Gamma(1-\alpha)^{\theta/\alpha}.Cα,θ​=Γ(θ/α+1)Γ(θ+1)​Γ(1−α)θ/α.

The Lean declarations Xseq, pdConst, and expIntE are in PoissonDirichlet.Moments; the other objects come from the frozen shared PoissonDirichlet.Ratio and PoissonDirichlet.Wendel modules.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 17

For 0<α<10<\alpha<10<α<1, θ>−α\theta>-\alphaθ>−α, p>0p>0p>0 with θ+p>0\theta+p>0θ+p>0, and n=1,2,…n=1,2,\dotsn=1,2,…,

Eα,θ(Vnp)=Γ(1−α)θ/αΓ(n)Γ(θ+1)Γ(θ+p)Γ(θ/α+n)Γ(θ/α+1)∫0∞tp+θ−1e−tϕα(t)n−1ψα(t)−θ/α−n dt.E_{\alpha,\theta}(V_n^p)=\frac{\Gamma(1-\alpha)^{\theta/\alpha}}{\Gamma(n)}\frac{\Gamma(\theta+1)}{\Gamma(\theta+p)}\frac{\Gamma(\theta/\alpha+n)}{\Gamma(\theta/\alpha+1)}\int_0^\infty t^{p+\theta-1}e^{-t}\phi_\alpha(t)^{n-1}\psi_\alpha(t)^{-\theta/\alpha-n}\,dt .Eα,θ​(Vnp​)=Γ(n)Γ(1−α)θ/α​Γ(θ+p)Γ(θ+1)​Γ(θ/α+1)Γ(θ/α+n)​∫0∞​tp+θ−1e−tϕα​(t)n−1ψα​(t)−θ/α−ndt.

Milestones, in attack order

  1. (86): for X>0X>0X>0 a.s. and p>0p>0p>0, E[X−p]=1Γ(p)∫0∞tp−1E[e−tX] dtE[X^{-p}]=\frac1{\Gamma(p)}\int_0^\infty t^{p-1}E[e^{-tX}]\,dtE[X−p]=Γ(p)1​∫0∞​tp−1E[e−tX]dt.
  2. Proposition 26: under PD(α,0)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,0)PD(α,0), E[exp⁡(−λ/Vn)∣R1,…,Rn−1,Xn]=exp⁡(−λ(1+An−1))exp⁡[−Xn(ψα(λ)−1)]E[\exp(-\lambda/V_n)\mid R_1,\dots,R_{n-1},X_n]=\exp(-\lambda(1+A_{n-1}))\exp[-X_n(\psi_\alpha(\lambda)-1)]E[exp(−λ/Vn​)∣R1​,…,Rn−1​,Xn​]=exp(−λ(1+An−1​))exp[−Xn​(ψα​(λ)−1)].
  3. (36): under PD(α,0)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,0)PD(α,0), E[exp⁡(−λAn−1)]=ϕα(λ)n−1E[\exp(-\lambda A_{n-1})]=\phi_\alpha(\lambda)^{n-1}E[exp(−λAn−1​)]=ϕα​(λ)n−1.
  4. Under PD(α,0)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,0)PD(α,0), XnX_nXn​ is gamma(n)\mathrm{gamma}(n)gamma(n) and independent of An−1A_{n-1}An−1​.
  5. Lemma 27: under PD(α,0)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,0)PD(α,0), for ℓ>−1\ell>-1ℓ>−1, p>0p>0p>0, p+ℓα>0p+\ell\alpha>0p+ℓα>0,
E[LℓVnp]=Γ(ℓ+n)Γ(n)Γ(p+ℓα)∫0∞tp+ℓα−1e−tϕα(t)n−1ψα(t)−ℓ−n dt.E[L^\ell V_n^p]=\frac{\Gamma(\ell+n)}{\Gamma(n)\Gamma(p+\ell\alpha)}\int_0^\infty t^{p+\ell\alpha-1}e^{-t}\phi_\alpha(t)^{n-1}\psi_\alpha(t)^{-\ell-n}\,dt .E[LℓVnp​]=Γ(n)Γ(p+ℓα)Γ(ℓ+n)​∫0∞​tp+ℓα−1e−tϕα​(t)n−1ψα​(t)−ℓ−ndt.
  1. Proposition 14: Eα,θ[f(V)]=Cα,θEα,0[Lθ/αf(V)]E_{\alpha,\theta}[f(V)]=C_{\alpha,\theta}E_{\alpha,0}[L^{\theta/\alpha}f(V)]Eα,θ​[f(V)]=Cα,θ​Eα,0​[Lθ/αf(V)] for nonnegative measurable fff, and Cα,θ=1/Eα,0(Lθ/α)C_{\alpha,\theta}=1/E_{\alpha,0}(L^{\theta/\alpha})Cα,θ​=1/Eα,0​(Lθ/α).

Two consequences close the list: (50), np/αEα,θ(Vnp)→Cα,θ/Cα,θ+pn^{p/\alpha}E_{\alpha,\theta}(V_n^p)\to C_{\alpha,\theta}/C_{\alpha,\theta+p}np/αEα,θ​(Vnp​)→Cα,θ​/Cα,θ+p​, and Corollary 18, the PD(0,θ)\mathrm{PD}(0,\theta)PD(0,θ) formula

E0,θ(Vnp)=Γ(θ)Γ(θ+p)θnΓ(n)∫0∞tp−1e−tE(t)n−1e−θE(t) dt,E(t)=∫t∞x−1e−xdx.E_{0,\theta}(V_n^p)=\frac{\Gamma(\theta)}{\Gamma(\theta+p)}\frac{\theta^n}{\Gamma(n)}\int_0^\infty t^{p-1}e^{-t}E(t)^{n-1}e^{-\theta E(t)}\,dt,\qquad E(t)=\int_t^\infty x^{-1}e^{-x}dx .E0,θ​(Vnp​)=Γ(θ+p)Γ(θ)​Γ(n)θn​∫0∞​tp−1e−tE(t)n−1e−θE(t)dt,E(t)=∫t∞​x−1e−xdx.

Significance

The ranked frequencies of PD(α,θ)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,\theta)PD(α,θ) have no tractable joint density; their one-dimensional laws are known only through transforms. Proposition 17 makes every moment of VnV_nVn​ computable by a single quadrature, for all parameters at once. It yields the large-nnn decay (50), Vn≈(L/n)1/αV_n\approx(L/n)^{1/\alpha}Vn​≈(L/n)1/α in mean, and recovers the classical PD(0,θ)\mathrm{PD}(0,\theta)PD(0,θ) formula in the limit α↓0\alpha\downarrow0α↓0. The intermediate statements, the conditional Wendel formula and the joint moments E[LℓVnp]E[L^\ell V_n^p]E[LℓVnp​], are used elsewhere in the paper (Proposition 16, Lemma 29).

All statements are proved in the 1997 paper, except Proposition 14, which the paper quotes from Perman, Pitman and Yor (1992). To our knowledge none of them has been machine-checked. A formal development would produce the first verified construction of the Poisson–Dirichlet family in Lean, together with reusable facts about stick-breaking with beta variables, ranked rearrangements of sequences, and the Laplace-transform representation of negative moments.

Difficulty

The identity (86) and the final integration are elementary. The difficulty lies upstream. The naive route, computing E(Vnp)E(V_n^p)E(Vnp​) from the stick-breaking definition, fails: VnV_nVn​ is the nnn-th ranked value of the V~k\tilde V_kV~k​, and ranking destroys the product structure of the beta variables. The paper instead works under PD(α,0)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,0)PD(α,0), where the ranked sequence is the normalized sequence of points of a Poisson random measure (equivalently, transformed arrival times of a unit Poisson process). Proposition 14 is itself a deep change-of-measure result about stable subordinators, and the existence of the local time LLL is an almost sure limit theorem. Neither has any counterpart in Mathlib.

Formalization scope

Sequences are indexed from 000 in Lean: the paper's VnV_nVn​ is V ω (n-1), and statements "for n=1,2,…n=1,2,\dotsn=1,2,…" quantify over k : ℕ with n=k+1n=k+1n=k+1. PD(α,θ)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,\theta)PD(α,θ) is defined exactly as Definition 1, with independent beta coordinates (Mathlib's betaMeasure) and the ranked values defined with Set.encard. The law is stated through preimages, so no measurability of the ranking map is presupposed. The local time LLL is carried as a random variable together with its defining almost sure limit (24). Expectations of quantities that may be infinite are lower integrals. The conditional expectation of Proposition 26 is stated through its defining property, for every nonnegative measurable test function of (R1,…,Rn−1,Xn)(R_1,\dots,R_{n-1},X_n)(R1​,…,Rn−1​,Xn​). The parameter ranges 0<α<10<\alpha<10<α<1, θ>−α\theta>-\alphaθ>−α (and θ>0\theta>0θ>0 at α=0\alpha=0α=0) are hypotheses wherever the page has them. Two hypotheses are added and disclosed: θ+p>0\theta+p>0θ+p>0 in Proposition 17 and p+ℓα>0p+\ell\alpha>0p+ℓα>0 in Lemma 27. Without them the printed ttt-integrals diverge and Γ\GammaΓ is evaluated at a pole or a negative argument, while the left sides are finite. Both follow from the printed hypotheses when θ≥0\theta\ge0θ≥0 (resp. ℓ≥0\ell\ge0ℓ≥0).

Trivializing encodings are ruled out: no law is written as an image measure of a possibly non-measurable map, no count uses Set.ncard, no limit uses limUnder, Cα,θC_{\alpha,\theta}Cα,θ​ is not defined as 1/E(Lθ/α)1/E(L^{\theta/\alpha})1/E(Lθ/α), and every Bochner integral in a statement is of an integrable function under the stated hypotheses, so no statement holds because of a junk value 000.

A complete development needs: infinite products of beta laws, the ranked rearrangement and its measurability, the Poisson-process representation of PD(α,0)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,0)PD(α,0) (Proposition 10), and the change of measure of Proposition 14. These are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of the general identity (86), of the gamma–independence milestone, and of Lemma 27 from its milestones are welcome independently.

Selected references

  • J. Pitman and M. Yor, The two-parameter Poisson–Dirichlet distribution derived from a stable subordinator, Ann. Probab. 25(2):855–900, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1024404422
  • M. Perman, J. Pitman and M. Yor, Size-biased sampling of Poisson point processes and excursions, Probab. Theory Related Fields 92:21–39, 1992. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01205234
  • J. G. Wendel, Zero-free intervals of semi-stable Markov processes, Math. Scand. 14:21–34, 1964. https://doi.org/10.7146/math.scand.a-10703
  • J. F. C. Kingman, Random discrete distributions, J. Roy. Statist. Soc. Ser. B 37:1–22, 1975. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2517-6161.1975.tb01024.x
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
AnalysisOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Implicit Renewal Theory and Tails of Solutions of Random Equations 3: Rate of Approach — t^κP(R > t) Equals C₊ Minus a Contour Integral Plus O(t^{−β/2})Research Paper

Motivation

Random equations of the form R=LΨ(R)R \overset{\mathcal L}{=} \Psi(R)R=LΨ(R), with Ψ\PsiΨ a random function independent of RRR, describe the stationary laws of many stochastic recursions: perpetuities in insurance and finance, the stationary law of ARCH-type volatility models, random difference equations R=Q+MRR = Q + MRR=Q+MR, and the stationary workload of certain queueing and storage models. When Ψ(t)\Psi(t)Ψ(t) acts like multiplication by a random variable MMM for large ∣t∣|t|∣t∣, and E∣M∣κ=1\mathbf E|M|^\kappa = 1E∣M∣κ=1 for some κ>0\kappa > 0κ>0, the solution has power-law tails: P(R>t)∼C+t−κP(R > t) \sim C_+ t^{-\kappa}P(R>t)∼C+​t−κ. This is the implicit renewal theorem of Goldie (Ann. Appl. Probab. 1991, Theorem 2.3), which recovers and extends Kesten's 1973 theorem on random difference equations.

A tail asymptotic alone says nothing about how fast tκP(R>t)t^\kappa P(R > t)tκP(R>t) approaches C+C_+C+​. For tail estimation, for the accuracy of extreme-quantile approximations used in risk management, and for second-order regular variation, the rate matters. Section 3 of the same paper answers this: under an exponential moment condition slightly beyond the Cramér condition, the error has an explicit second-order term determined by the zeros of 1−η^1 - \hat\eta1−η^​, where η\etaη is a tilted law of log⁡M\log MlogM, plus a remainder O(t−β/2)O(t^{-\beta/2})O(t−β/2).

Timeline: Kesten (1973) proved power tails for random difference equations; Grincevičius (1975) developed an implicit-renewal approach; Stone (1966) decomposed exponentially decaying renewal measures into an absolutely continuous part with explicit asymptotics and a finite part; Ganelius (1962) proved the Tauberian remainder theorem used to unsmooth; Goldie (1991) combined these into the rate result formalized here.

Setting

Let (Ω,A,P)(\Omega, \mathcal A, P)(Ω,A,P) be a probability space carrying independent real random variables M≥0M \ge 0M≥0 and RRR. Fix κ>0\kappa > 0κ>0 with EMκ=1\mathbf E M^\kappa = 1EMκ=1 (the Cramér condition, (2.3)) and β>0\beta > 0β>0 with EMκ+β<∞\mathbf E M^{\kappa+\beta} < \inftyEMκ+β<∞ (3.3).

The tilted law of MMM is the probability measure η(dx)=eκxP(log⁡M∈dx)\eta(dx) = e^{\kappa x} P(\log M \in dx)η(dx)=eκxP(logM∈dx) on R\mathbb RR, computed on {M>0}\{M > 0\}{M>0}. Its transforms are η~(β)=∫eβtη(dt)\tilde\eta(\beta) = \int e^{\beta t}\eta(dt)η~​(β)=∫eβtη(dt) for real β\betaβ and η^(θ)=∫eiθtη(dt)\hat\eta(\theta) = \int e^{i\theta t}\eta(dt)η^​(θ)=∫eiθtη(dt) for complex θ\thetaθ; for a function fff, f^(θ)=∫eiθtf(t) dt\hat f(\theta) = \int e^{i\theta t} f(t)\,dtf^​(θ)=∫eiθtf(t)dt. Convolution powers are η(0)=δ0\eta^{(0)} = \delta_0η(0)=δ0​, η(n+1)=η(n)∗η\eta^{(n+1)} = \eta^{(n)} * \etaη(n+1)=η(n)∗η, and the renewal measure is ν=∑n≥0η(n)\nu = \sum_{n \ge 0}\eta^{(n)}ν=∑n≥0​η(n). A law is spread out when some convolution power has a nonzero absolutely continuous component; (3.4) asks this of the conditional law of log⁡M\log MlogM given M≠0M \ne 0M=0.

Set m=EMκlog⁡Mm = \mathbf E M^\kappa \log Mm=EMκlogM and

g1(t)=eκt(P(R>et)−P(MR>et)),C+=1m∫0∞(P(R>t)−P(MR>t))tκ−1 dt,g_1(t) = e^{\kappa t}\big(P(R > e^t) - P(MR > e^t)\big), \qquad C_+ = \frac1m\int_0^\infty \big(P(R > t) - P(MR > t)\big) t^{\kappa - 1}\,dt,g1​(t)=eκt(P(R>et)−P(MR>et)),C+​=m1​∫0∞​(P(R>t)−P(MR>t))tκ−1dt,

with g−1g_{-1}g−1​ and C−C_-C−​ defined the same way for the lower tail. The strip is D={θ:−β<ℑθ<0}D = \{\theta : -\beta < \Im\theta < 0\}D={θ:−β<ℑθ<0}, and C\mathscr CC denotes a positively oriented closed contour in DDD enclosing every zero of 1−η^1 - \hat\eta1−η^​ in DDD.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.2

If, in addition, η(n0)=(1−δ)φ0+δφ1\eta^{(n_0)} = (1 - \delta)\varphi_0 + \delta\varphi_1η(n0​)=(1−δ)φ0​+δφ1​ for some n0n_0n0​, with δ∈[0,1)\delta \in [0, 1)δ∈[0,1), φ0\varphi_0φ0​ absolutely continuous and δφ~1(β)<1\delta\tilde\varphi_1(\beta) < 1δφ~​1​(β)<1, and η^≠1\hat\eta \ne 1η^​=1 on ℑθ=−β\Im\theta = -\betaℑθ=−β, then ∫0∞∣P(R>t)−P(MR>t)∣ tκ+β−1dt<∞\int_0^\infty |P(R > t) - P(MR > t)|\,t^{\kappa+\beta-1}dt < \infty∫0∞​∣P(R>t)−P(MR>t)∣tκ+β−1dt<∞ implies

tκP(R>t)=C+−12π ℜ∮Ce−iθlog⁡t g^1(θ)1−η^(θ) dθ+O(t−β/2),t→∞,t^\kappa P(R > t) = C_+ - \frac1{2\pi}\,\Re\oint_{\mathscr C} e^{-i\theta\log t}\,\frac{\hat g_1(\theta)}{1 - \hat\eta(\theta)}\,d\theta + O(t^{-\beta/2}), \qquad t \to \infty,tκP(R>t)=C+​−2π1​ℜ∮C​e−iθlogt1−η^​(θ)g^​1​(θ)​dθ+O(t−β/2),t→∞,

with the analogous statement for P(R<−t)P(R < -t)P(R<−t); and if R=LΨ(R)R \overset{\mathcal L}{=} \Psi(R)R=LΨ(R) with RRR independent of (M,Ψ)(M, \Psi)(M,Ψ), the integrability hypotheses may be replaced by E∣(Ψ(R)±)κ+β−((MR)±)κ+β∣<∞\mathbf E|(\Psi(R)^\pm)^{\kappa+\beta} - ((MR)^\pm)^{\kappa+\beta}| < \inftyE∣(Ψ(R)±)κ+β−((MR)±)κ+β∣<∞. The theorem also asserts that η\etaη is a spread-out probability measure.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 9.5: Stone's inversion formula for the density of ∑nχ∗μ(n)\sum_n \chi * \mu^{(n)}∑n​χ∗μ(n).
  2. Theorem 3.1: the renewal measure splits as ν=ν0+ν1\nu = \nu_0 + \nu_1ν=ν0​+ν1​, ν1\nu_1ν1​ finite with ν~1(β)<∞\tilde\nu_1(\beta) < \inftyν~1​(β)<∞, ν0\nu_0ν0​ with continuous bounded density
p(t)=1m−12π∮Ce−iθtdθ1−η^(θ)+o(e−βt).p(t) = \frac1m - \frac1{2\pi}\oint_{\mathscr C} e^{-i\theta t}\frac{d\theta}{1 - \hat\eta(\theta)} + o(e^{-\beta t}).p(t)=m1​−2π1​∮C​e−iθt1−η^​(θ)dθ​+o(e−βt).
  1. (9.23) and (9.24): the smoothed identity and the smoothed rate K∗ℜr1(t)=o(e−βt)K * \Re r_1(t) = o(e^{-\beta t})K∗ℜr1​(t)=o(e−βt) for the kernel K(t)=be−bt1t>0K(t) = be^{-bt}\mathbf 1_{t>0}K(t)=be−bt1t>0​.
  2. Theorem 9.6: the Beurling–Ganelius Tauberian remainder theorem.

Significance

Theorem 3.2 turns the first-order tail asymptotic of the implicit renewal theorem into an expansion: the second-order terms are finitely many terms of the form (log⁡t)j−1tℑθl(\log t)^{j-1}t^{\Im\theta_l}(logt)j−1tℑθl​ times oscillating factors, one family for each zero θl\theta_lθl​ of 1−η^1 - \hat\eta1−η^​ with 0<−ℑθl≤β/20 < -\Im\theta_l \le \beta/20<−ℑθl​≤β/2, and their form does not depend on the unknown law of RRR. It applies to every random equation covered by the implicit renewal theorem once the stronger moment condition holds, including perpetuities and the random difference equation. Theorem 3.1 is of independent use: it is an explicit-rate version of Stone's decomposition of renewal measures with exponential moments.

The results are proved in the paper; none is formalized. Mathlib has the Fourier transform on the real line, convolution of measures, and rectangle Cauchy theorems, but no renewal theory, no Stone decomposition, and no Tauberian remainder theorem. Formalizing the mission produces a machine-checked renewal density expansion and a checked Beurling–Ganelius theorem, both reusable outside this paper.

Difficulty

The first-order theorem follows from the key renewal theorem applied to r(t)=eκtP(R>et)r(t) = e^{\kappa t}P(R > e^t)r(t)=eκtP(R>et). That route gives no rate: the key renewal theorem has no remainder, and the integrability hypothesis yields eβtg1∈L1e^{\beta t}g_1 \in L^1eβtg1​∈L1 but not eβtg1(t)=o(1)e^{\beta t}g_1(t) = o(1)eβtg1​(t)=o(1), so a remainder cannot be read off directly even with a spread-out step law. The proof therefore works with a smoothed version of rrr, where Stone's decomposition with the contour expansion of the renewal density gives an o(e−βt)o(e^{-\beta t})o(e−βt) remainder, and has to unsmooth. Unsmoothing is the Tauberian step: it requires a one-sided regularity condition on the unsmoothed function, verified for rrr and for the contour term, and costs half the exponent. The contour expansion itself requires showing that 1−η^1 - \hat\eta1−η^​ has finitely many zeros in the strip and handling their orders through residues.

Formalization scope

All objects live in the namespace GoldieRenewal.Rates. Random variables are measurable maps Ω→R\Omega \to \mathbb RΩ→R on a probability space; M≥0M \ge 0M≥0 almost surely; independence is IndepFun. Tail probabilities are real numbers P.real {ω | t < R ω}. Moments such as EMκ+β\mathbf E M^{\kappa+\beta}EMκ+β and μ~(β)\tilde\mu(\beta)μ~​(β) are lower Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞]. The transforms μ^\hat\muμ^​ and f^\hat ff^​ are Bochner integrals at complex arguments with the +i+i+i sign of the paper. Asymptotic statements use Asymptotics.IsBigO and IsLittleO along atTop.

The contour. A contour C\mathscr CC is the positively oriented boundary of an axis-parallel rectangle whose closure lies in DDD and whose interior contains every zero of 1−η^1 - \hat\eta1−η^​ in DDD; the contour integral is the sum of the four edge integrals (RectangleIntegral, from the published ResidueCalcOnRectangles_defs). Expansions are stated for every such rectangle.

The variable in (3.8) and (3.10). The paper prints e−iθte^{-i\theta t}e−iθt in the contour term, but its proof establishes the expansion in the logarithmic variable s=log⁡ts = \log ts=logt. The targets are stated with e−iθlog⁡te^{-i\theta\log t}e−iθlogt, which is what the proof gives. With the printed e−iθte^{-i\theta t}e−iθt the contour term would decay exponentially and the statement would claim tκP(R>t)=C++O(t−β/2)t^\kappa P(R > t) = C_+ + O(t^{-\beta/2})tκP(R>t)=C+​+O(t−β/2), which is not what is proved. Hypothesis (3.7) is printed with P(R>−t)P(R > -t)P(R>−t) and is read with P(R>t)P(R > t)P(R>t).

Excluded trivializations. The contour term may not be dropped; the hypotheses do not exclude zeros of 1−η^1 - \hat\eta1−η^​ in DDD; and the contour must enclose all zeros in the strip, not a chosen subset.

Theorem 9.6 is stated for a complex-valued kernel and a finite strip width aaa; the application with a=∞a = \inftya=∞ follows by restricting to a finite strip. Lemma 9.5 carries an added hypothesis that the density of χ\chiχ has compact support, which the proof uses and the application provides.

Contributions welcome: renewal-measure infrastructure (convolution powers, Blackwell-type limits), Fourier analysis of measures at complex arguments, residue computations on rectangles, and Tauberian remainder theory. Each is reusable well beyond this paper.

Selected references

  • C. M. Goldie, Implicit renewal theory and tails of solutions of random equations, Ann. Appl. Probab. 1(1):126–166, 1991. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1177005985
  • H. Kesten, Random difference equations and renewal theory for products of random matrices, Acta Math. 131:207–248, 1973. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02392040
  • C. Stone, On absolutely continuous components and renewal theory, Ann. Math. Statist. 37(1):271–275, 1966. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177699617
  • T. H. Ganelius, The remainder in Wiener's Tauberian theorem, Acta Univ. Gothoburgensis, Mathematica Gothoburgensia 1, 1962 (cited in Goldie 1991).
  • A. K. Grincevičius, One limit distribution for a random walk on the line, Lithuanian Math. J. 15:580–589, 1975 (cited in Goldie 1991).
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
Control TheoryProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Backward-Forward Stochastic Differential Equations 3: A Linear Backward-Forward System with Lipschitz Constant 1 Has No Solution on a Horizon T ≥ 1Research Paper

Motivation

A forward equation evolves from an initial random value, while a backward equation is constrained by a terminal random value. When the two unknown processes appear in both equations, these boundary conditions can be incompatible. Such coupled systems occur in stochastic control, where a state moves forward and a cost or adjoint variable is determined backward. Antonelli's 1993 paper studies existence and uniqueness for a class of backward–forward stochastic differential equations and gives explicit examples showing why its smallness assumption on the coefficients cannot be discarded (Antonelli 1993, §§1 and 3).

This mission formalizes the first of those examples. It is a deliberately small two-equation system: both integrators are ordinary time, the coefficients are deterministic, and the Lipschitz constant is one. Nevertheless, the system has no solution when the time horizon reaches one. The claim identifies a genuine boundary for the paper's existence result rather than a failure caused by exotic stochastic integration. Antonelli presents it immediately after the existence theorem to show what can go wrong beyond the theorem's coefficient bound (Antonelli 1993, Theorem 3.1 and Example 1).

Setting

Fix a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P) and a filtration (Ft)t≥0(\mathcal F_t)_{t\ge0}(Ft​)t≥0​. The filtration satisfies the usual hypotheses: it is right-continuous, and F0\mathcal F_0F0​ contains every subset of every PPP-null set. Let T>0T>0T>0 be a deterministic horizon. The initial random variable J0J_0J0​ is F0\mathcal F_0F0​-measurable, and the terminal random variable YYY is FT\mathcal F_TFT​-measurable. Both are integrable and strictly positive almost surely. These choices specialize the filtered space and input assumptions of §3 to Example 1 (Antonelli 1993, pp. 777, 785, 790).

The unknowns are two real-valued stochastic processes U=(Ut)U=(U_t)U=(Ut​) and V=(Vt)V=(V_t)V=(Vt​). Their norm is

∥X∥L1(dt⊗P)=EP ⁣[∫0T∣Xt∣ dt].\|X\|_{L^1(dt\otimes P)}=E_P\!\left[\int_0^T |X_t|\,dt\right].∥X∥L1(dt⊗P)​=EP​[∫0T​∣Xt​∣dt].

Thus a solution is a pair in L1(dt⊗P)2L^1(dt\otimes P)^2L1(dt⊗P)2 of adapted processes satisfying a forward integral equation and a backward conditional-expectation equation almost surely at each time t≤Tt\le Tt≤T. Under the usual hypotheses every L1L^1L1-class solution has such a representative, so this is the paper's L1(μ)⊗L1(μ)L^1(\mu)\otimes L^1(\mu)L1(μ)⊗L1(μ) solution class. The system uses At=Ct=tA_t=C_t=tAt​=Ct​=t and the constant input process Jt=J0J_t=J_0Jt​=J0​. In this specialization, the measure μ\muμ used in the paper is dt⊗Pdt\otimes Pdt⊗P, and the variation control process is Dt=tD_t=tDt​=t (Antonelli 1993, (3.1)–(3.3), pp. 785–786).

The forward coefficient is f(u,v)=u+∣v∣f(u,v)=u+|v|f(u,v)=u+∣v∣ and the backward coefficient is g(u,v)=u+vg(u,v)=u+vg(u,v)=u+v. Each has Lipschitz constant one with respect to ∣u−u′∣+∣v−v′∣|u-u'|+|v-v'|∣u−u′∣+∣v−v′∣. The absolute value is part of the example: it appears in the forward equation and does not appear in the backward equation (Antonelli 1993, (3.6)–(3.7), p. 790).

Formalization targets

Main goal

For every horizon T≥1T\ge1T≥1 and all data satisfying the assumptions above, there is no pair (U,V)∈L1(dt⊗P)2(U,V)\in L^1(dt\otimes P)^2(U,V)∈L1(dt⊗P)2 satisfying

Ut=J0+∫0t(Us+∣Vs∣) ds,Vt=EP ⁣[∫tT(Us+Vs) ds+Y∣Ft].U_t=J_0+\int_0^t(U_s+|V_s|)\,ds,\qquad V_t=E_P\!\left[\int_t^T(U_s+V_s)\,ds+Y\mid\mathcal F_t\right].Ut​=J0​+∫0t​(Us​+∣Vs​∣)ds,Vt​=EP​[∫tT​(Us​+Vs​)ds+Y∣Ft​].

This is Example 1's conclusion, including the boundary case T=1T=1T=1 (Antonelli 1993, pp. 790–791).

Intermediate targets

The milestones follow the four statements written in the example: representations of UUU and VVV in terms of each other, positivity and passage to the linear system (3.8)–(3.9), the martingale identity for their sum, and the identity β(1−T)=EP[J0+Y]>0\beta(1-T)=E_P[J_0+Y]>0β(1−T)=EP​[J0​+Y]>0 for its constant mean β\betaβ. Their full text and page provenance are attached to the milestone list. The goal remains nonexistence for every T≥1T\ge1T≥1; it does not assert a particular formula for a solution.

Significance

The preceding existence theorem assumes a coefficient bound that becomes kT<1kT<1kT<1 in this time-integrator case. Example 1 has k=1k=1k=1 and shows that the system can fail to have a solution as soon as that strict inequality fails. At T=1T=1T=1, the obstruction is already present, so replacing T≥1T\ge1T≥1 by T>1T>1T>1 would lose part of the paper's conclusion (Antonelli 1993, p. 791).

A formalization would make the failure precise for the same L1L^1L1 solution class used by the paper. The current mission contains compile-checked Lean statements and definitions; the theorem proofs are still open. A complete development would also provide reusable statements about jointly measurable conditional-expectation versions, finite-horizon time integrals of processes, and martingales arising from coupled equations. These can support the paper's neighboring existence and nonsingular-example missions.

Difficulty

The main difficulty is the coupling between the two boundary conditions. The forward equation starts at J0J_0J0​, while the backward equation ends at YYY; neither equation can be treated as an independent ordinary differential equation. The absolute value in the forward coefficient also prevents the coupled system from being treated as a linear system at the outset. A second difficulty for Lean is that conditional expectation is defined only up to almost-sure equality at each fixed time, whereas the solution equations are equalities over time and probability together. The formal statement must connect these two kinds of almost-everywhere equality without strengthening the theorem to an identity at every time on every sample path.

Formalization scope

Time is represented by R≥0\mathbb R_{\ge0}R≥0​, with only (0,T](0,T](0,T] used in the L1L^1L1 norm. Time integration is Lebesgue integration on (s,t](s,t](s,t]; endpoints have zero dtdtdt mass. The norm is an extended nonnegative lintegral, so a nonintegrable process cannot be assigned the value zero by a real-valued integral's fallback convention. The random variable inside each conditional expectation is required to be integrable. The conditional-expectation process is a jointly measurable version whose value at each time agrees almost surely with the conditional expectation. The solution predicate asks, for each t≤Tt\le Tt≤T, that UtU_tUt​ and VtV_tVt​ be Ft\mathcal F_tFt​-measurable, that the two equations hold PPP-almost surely, and that the time integrands be integrable along almost every path. Any L1L^1L1-class solution can be replaced by such a representative, J0+∫0tf(Us,Vs) dsJ_0+\int_0^t f(U_s,V_s)\,dsJ0​+∫0t​f(Us​,Vs​)ds and the conditional-expectation version, so non-existence in this class is non-existence in the paper's class. For the Lipschitz coefficients in this example, finite L1(dt⊗P)L^1(dt\otimes P)L1(dt⊗P) norm gives pathwise integrability almost surely for the time integrals used in the equations.

The paper calls J0J_0J0​ and YYY “positive.” Here that means strictly positive almost surely. The weaker nonnegative reading would admit the zero pair when both data are zero and would falsify the target. Integrability of J0J_0J0​ makes explicit §3's standing bound on the constant input process. The completeness and right-continuity of the filtration are also explicit. The solution class and equations are defined for general T>0T>0T>0; the restriction T≥1T\ge1T≥1 belongs only to the nonexistence theorem. For example, on a one-point probability space with T=1/2T=1/2T=1/2, J0=Y=1J_0=Y=1J0​=Y=1, the deterministic pair Ut=1+4tU_t=1+4tUt​=1+4t, Vt=3−4tV_t=3-4tVt​=3−4t solves the equations on [0,1/2][0,1/2][0,1/2]. This rules out a definition that makes all solutions impossible by construction.

The development needs Mathlib's filtration, conditional expectation, probability measure, and integration APIs. Contributions proving the milestone statements or supplying reusable lemmas for their L1L^1L1 and martingale interfaces fit the mission. No semimartingale stochastic integral is required for this example.

Selected references

  • F. Antonelli, Backward-forward stochastic differential equations, Annals of Applied Probability 3(3), 777–793, 1993. DOI: 10.1214/aoap/1177005363.
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
Control TheoryOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Reflected Solutions of Backward SDE's, and Related Obstacle Problems for PDE's 2: With a Concave Coefficient, the Reflected BSDE Is the Value of a Minimax Optimal Stopping–Control ProblemResearch Paper

Motivation

A backward stochastic differential equation (BSDE) prescribes the terminal value of an adapted process instead of its initial value. Pardoux and Peng (1990) proved existence and uniqueness for Lipschitz coefficients, and BSDEs have since become a standard tool in stochastic control, mathematical finance and the probabilistic treatment of semilinear PDEs. El Karoui, Kapoudjian, Pardoux, Peng and Quenez (1997) introduced the reflected BSDE, whose solution is constrained to stay above a given obstacle process. Reflected BSDEs describe the price of American options in nonlinear markets (El Karoui, Pardoux and Quenez 1997), Dynkin games (Cvitanić and Karatzas 1996), and obstacle problems for parabolic PDEs.

In §7 of the 1997 paper the coefficient is assumed concave. Then the solution of the reflected BSDE is the value of a game: one player chooses a stopping time, the other chooses a control that sets the discount rate and the change of measure, and the value does not depend on which player moves first. This mission formalizes that statement (Theorem 7.2) and the results its proof uses.

Setting

Let (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P) carry a ddd-dimensional standard Brownian motion BBB, fix a horizon T≥0T\ge0T≥0, and let Ft\mathcal F_tFt​ be the natural filtration of BBB augmented by the PPP-null sets. Write L2\mathbb L^2L2 for the square-integrable FT\mathcal F_TFT​-measurable random variables, H2\mathbb H^2H2 for the progressively measurable processes φ\varphiφ with E∫0T∣φt∣2dt<∞E\int_0^T|\varphi_t|^2dt<\inftyE∫0T​∣φt​∣2dt<∞, and S2\mathcal S^2S2 for those with Esup⁡t≤T∣φt∣2<∞E\sup_{t\le T}|\varphi_t|^2<\inftyEsupt≤T​∣φt​∣2<∞.

The data are a terminal value ξ∈L2\xi\in\mathbb L^2ξ∈L2; a coefficient f(ω,t,y,z)f(\omega,t,y,z)f(ω,t,y,z), y∈Ry\in\mathbb Ry∈R, z∈Rdz\in\mathbb R^dz∈Rd, with f(⋅,y,z)∈H2f(\cdot,y,z)\in\mathbb H^2f(⋅,y,z)∈H2 for every (y,z)(y,z)(y,z) and Lipschitz in (y,z)(y,z)(y,z) with a constant KKK; and a continuous progressively measurable obstacle SSS with Esup⁡t(St+)2<∞E\sup_t(S_t^+)^2<\inftyEsupt​(St+​)2<∞ and ST≤ξS_T\le\xiST​≤ξ. A solution of the reflected BSDE is a triple (Y,Z,K)(Y,Z,K)(Y,Z,K) of progressively measurable processes with Z∈H2Z\in\mathbb H^2Z∈H2, Y∈S2Y\in\mathcal S^2Y∈S2, KT∈L2K_T\in\mathbb L^2KT​∈L2, and

Yt=ξ+∫tTf(s,Ys,Zs) ds+KT−Kt−∫tT(Zs,dBs),Yt≥St,Y_t=\xi+\int_t^Tf(s,Y_s,Z_s)\,ds+K_T-K_t-\int_t^T(Z_s,dB_s),\qquad Y_t\ge S_t,Yt​=ξ+∫tT​f(s,Ys​,Zs​)ds+KT​−Kt​−∫tT​(Zs​,dBs​),Yt​≥St​,

where KKK is continuous, nondecreasing, K0=0K_0=0K0​=0 and ∫0T(Yt−St) dKt=0\int_0^T(Y_t-S_t)\,dK_t=0∫0T​(Yt​−St​)dKt​=0: KKK pushes YYY up only when YYY touches SSS.

For t≤Tt\le Tt≤T, Tt\mathcal T_tTt​ is the set of stopping times vvv with t≤v≤Tt\le v\le Tt≤v≤T. When f(ω,t,⋅,⋅)f(\omega,t,\cdot,\cdot)f(ω,t,⋅,⋅) is concave, its conjugate is

F(ω,t,β,γ)=sup⁡(y,z)[f(ω,t,y,z)−βy−⟨γ,z⟩]∈(−∞,+∞].F(\omega,t,\beta,\gamma)=\sup_{(y,z)}\big[f(\omega,t,y,z)-\beta y-\langle\gamma,z\rangle\big]\in(-\infty,+\infty].F(ω,t,β,γ)=(y,z)sup​[f(ω,t,y,z)−βy−⟨γ,z⟩]∈(−∞,+∞].

The admissible controls A\mathcal AA are the bounded progressively measurable (βt,γt)(\beta_t,\gamma_t)(βt​,γt​) with E∫0TF(t,βt,γt)2dt<∞E\int_0^TF(t,\beta_t,\gamma_t)^2dt<\inftyE∫0T​F(t,βt​,γt​)2dt<∞. Each (β,γ)∈A(\beta,\gamma)\in\mathcal A(β,γ)∈A gives the affine coefficient fβ,γ(t,y,z)=F(t,βt,γt)+βty+⟨γt,z⟩f^{\beta,\gamma}(t,y,z)=F(t,\beta_t,\gamma_t)+\beta_ty+\langle\gamma_t,z\ranglefβ,γ(t,y,z)=F(t,βt​,γt​)+βt​y+⟨γt​,z⟩, its reflected BSDE solution Yβ,γY^{\beta,\gamma}Yβ,γ, the process Γt,sβ,γ\Gamma^{\beta,\gamma}_{t,s}Γt,sβ,γ​ solving dΓt,s=Γt,s(βsds+(γs,dBs))d\Gamma_{t,s}=\Gamma_{t,s}(\beta_sds+(\gamma_s,dB_s))dΓt,s​=Γt,s​(βs​ds+(γs​,dBs​)), Γt,t=1\Gamma_{t,t}=1Γt,t​=1, and the payoff

Φ(t,v,β,γ)=Γt,vβ,γ[Sv1{v<T}+ξ1{v=T}]+∫tvΓt,sβ,γF(s,βs,γs) ds.\Phi(t,v,\beta,\gamma)=\Gamma^{\beta,\gamma}_{t,v}\big[S_v1_{\{v<T\}}+\xi1_{\{v=T\}}\big]+\int_t^v\Gamma^{\beta,\gamma}_{t,s}F(s,\beta_s,\gamma_s)\,ds.Φ(t,v,β,γ)=Γt,vβ,γ​[Sv​1{v<T}​+ξ1{v=T}​]+∫tv​Γt,sβ,γ​F(s,βs​,γs​)ds.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.2 (p. 725)

For every t∈[0,T]t\in[0,T]t∈[0,T] and (β,γ)∈A(\beta,\gamma)\in\mathcal A(β,γ)∈A, Ytβ,γ=ess sup⁡v∈TtE[Φ(t,v,β,γ)∣Ft]Y^{\beta,\gamma}_t=\operatorname{ess\,sup}_{v\in\mathcal T_t}E[\Phi(t,v,\beta,\gamma)\mid\mathcal F_t]Ytβ,γ​=esssupv∈Tt​​E[Φ(t,v,β,γ)∣Ft​], and

Yt=ess inf⁡AYtβ,γ=ess inf⁡Aess sup⁡v∈TtE[Φ∣Ft]=ess sup⁡v∈Ttess inf⁡AE[Φ∣Ft].Y_t=\operatorname*{ess\,inf}_{\mathcal A}Y^{\beta,\gamma}_t=\operatorname*{ess\,inf}_{\mathcal A}\operatorname*{ess\,sup}_{v\in\mathcal T_t}E[\Phi\mid\mathcal F_t]=\operatorname*{ess\,sup}_{v\in\mathcal T_t}\operatorname*{ess\,inf}_{\mathcal A}E[\Phi\mid\mathcal F_t].Yt​=Aessinf​Ytβ,γ​=Aessinf​v∈Tt​esssup​E[Φ∣Ft​]=v∈Tt​esssup​Aessinf​E[Φ∣Ft​].

The last equality, the interchange of the two essential extrema, is the minimax content.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 4.1 (p. 712): comparison. If ξ≤ξ′\xi\le\xi'ξ≤ξ′, f≤f′f\le f'f≤f′ and S≤S′S\le S'S≤S′, and one of f,f′f,f'f,f′ is Lipschitz, then Y≤Y′Y\le Y'Y≤Y′.
  2. §7 conjugacy (p. 724): a concave Lipschitz fff equals min⁡(β,γ)∈DtF{F(t,β,γ)+βy+⟨γ,z⟩}\min_{(\beta,\gamma)\in D^F_t}\{F(t,\beta,\gamma)+\beta y+\langle\gamma,z\rangle\}min(β,γ)∈DtF​​{F(t,β,γ)+βy+⟨γ,z⟩}, the minimum is attained, and the domain DtFD^F_tDtF​ of FFF is a.s. bounded.
  3. Proposition 7.1 (p. 724): for an affine coefficient δt+βty+⟨γt,z⟩\delta_t+\beta_ty+\langle\gamma_t,z\rangleδt​+βt​y+⟨γt​,z⟩, ΓtYt=ess sup⁡v∈TtE[Γvξ1{v=T}+ΓvSv1{v<T}+∫tvΓsδsds∣Ft]\Gamma_tY_t=\operatorname{ess\,sup}_{v\in\mathcal T_t}E[\Gamma_v\xi1_{\{v=T\}}+\Gamma_vS_v1_{\{v<T\}}+\int_t^v\Gamma_s\delta_sds\mid\mathcal F_t]Γt​Yt​=esssupv∈Tt​​E[Γv​ξ1{v=T}​+Γv​Sv​1{v<T}​+∫tv​Γs​δs​ds∣Ft​].
  4. §7 optimal control (p. 725): some (β∗,γ∗)∈A(\beta^*,\gamma^*)\in\mathcal A(β∗,γ∗)∈A satisfies f(t,Yt,Zt)=F(t,βt∗,γt∗)+βt∗Yt+⟨γt∗,Zt⟩f(t,Y_t,Z_t)=F(t,\beta^*_t,\gamma^*_t)+\beta^*_tY_t+\langle\gamma^*_t,Z_t\ranglef(t,Yt​,Zt​)=F(t,βt∗​,γt∗​)+βt∗​Yt​+⟨γt∗​,Zt​⟩ dt×dPdt\times dPdt×dP-a.e., so (Y,Z,K)(Y,Z,K)(Y,Z,K) solves the reflected BSDE with coefficient fβ∗,γ∗f^{\beta^*,\gamma^*}fβ∗,γ∗.

Significance

Theorem 7.2 identifies the solution of a nonlinear reflected BSDE with the value of a zero-sum game between a stopper and a controller. In finance, with fff the driver of a pricing rule under constraints or ambiguity, it says that the nonlinear price of an American claim is the worst case, over a family of discount rates and changes of measure, of linear American prices; and the stopper may announce the stopping rule first without changing the value. Concave drivers include the hedging equations with different borrowing and lending rates. The representation reduces questions about the nonlinear equation to a family of linear ones, which is how monotonicity, convexity and stability properties of nonlinear American prices are usually derived.

All four results and the goal are proved in the paper, with references to standard convex analysis and a measurable section theorem for two steps. None of them has a machine-checked proof. Mathlib has Brownian motion, filtrations, stopping times and conditional expectation, but no stochastic integral; the mission uses the Itô integral of the published Peng1990.SMP.Stochastic layer. A formal proof would give, beyond the theorem, a reusable comparison theorem for reflected BSDEs, a Snell-envelope representation for linear reflected BSDEs, and a measurable selection of supergradients along a process.

Difficulty

The inequality Yt≤Ytβ,γY_t\le Y^{\beta,\gamma}_tYt​≤Ytβ,γ​ for each control is a direct consequence of comparison, since f≤fβ,γf\le f^{\beta,\gamma}f≤fβ,γ. The difficulty is the reverse inequality, which needs a single admissible control that attains the conjugate representation along the solution (Y,Z)(Y,Z)(Y,Z) for almost every (t,ω)(t,\omega)(t,ω). Choosing a supergradient pointwise is easy; choosing it progressively measurable, bounded, and with F(t,βt∗,γt∗)F(t,\beta^*_t,\gamma^*_t)F(t,βt∗​,γt∗​) square integrable is a measurable-selection problem. The interchange of ess inf and ess sup does not follow from a general minimax theorem: the family A\mathcal AA is not compact and the payoff is not convex–concave in any usable topology. It uses a specific stopping time, the first time YYY touches SSS, together with comparison on the random interval before it. Proposition 7.1 requires the linear change of variables ΓtYt\Gamma_tY_tΓt​Yt​, whose transformed equation lacks the square integrability of the original one, so the Snell-envelope argument has to be rerun with weaker moments.

Formalization scope

  • Time and spaces. Time is R≥0\mathbb R_{\ge0}R≥0​ with T:R≥0T:\mathbb R_{\ge0}T:R≥0​, and time integrals run over [t,T]⊂R[t,T]\subset\mathbb R[t,T]⊂R. H2\mathbb H^2H2 is the published L2F (progressive in place of predictable); S2\mathcal S^2S2 and the obstacle condition are lower Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞].
  • Filtration. The natural filtration of BBB joined with the σ-algebra of PPP-null sets.
  • Norms. ∣z∣|z|∣z∣ is the Euclidean norm and ⟨γ,z⟩=∑jγjzj\langle\gamma,z\rangle=\sum_j\gamma_jz_j⟨γ,z⟩=∑j​γj​zj​.
  • Lipschitz condition. Read as: almost surely, for all t≤Tt\le Tt≤T and all y,y′,z,z′y,y',z,z'y,y′,z,z′.
  • Solutions. Solutions are in the square-integrable class (v)–(viii). YYY has continuous paths. Equation (vi) holds for each ttt almost surely, and Y≥SY\ge SY≥S holds almost surely for all ttt. KKK is continuous and nondecreasing on every path. ∫0T(Y−S) dK=0\int_0^T(Y-S)\,dK=0∫0T​(Y−S)dK=0 is taken against the Lebesgue–Stieltjes measure of the path of KKK.
  • Extended values. FFF takes values in the extended reals. F2F^2F2 in the definition of A\mathcal AA is taken in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so admissibility forces F<∞F<\inftyF<∞ almost everywhere along the control.
  • Stochastic exponential. Γt,sβ,γ\Gamma^{\beta,\gamma}_{t,s}Γt,sβ,γ​ is the Doléans-Dade exponential, built from Itô integrals of γ\gammaγ with continuous paths.
  • Essential extrema. They are predicates relative to Ft\mathcal F_tFt​, real valued: the essential infimum is the published MultiperiodRisk.Bellman.EssInf, and the essential supremum is its mirror image.
  • Added hypothesis. S∈S2S\in\mathcal S^2S∈S2 is assumed wherever a conditional expectation of the payoff appears (Remark 3.2: without loss of generality). Otherwise the payoff may fail to be integrable, and Lean's conditional expectation of a non-integrable function is 000.
  • Hypothesized families. The solutions Yβ,γY^{\beta,\gamma}Yβ,γ and the Itô integrals defining Γβ,γ\Gamma^{\beta,\gamma}Γβ,γ are hypotheses indexed by A\mathcal AA. They exist by the existence theorem of the first mission of this series and by continuity of Itô integrals.

Several formalizations of the goal would make it trivial, and each is ruled out. The conjugate is not a real-valued supremum, which takes a junk value when unbounded. The essential infimum over A\mathcal AA is not a pointwise infimum. The interchange of ess inf and ess sup is not dropped. The coefficient is a random field f(ω,t,y,z)f(\omega,t,y,z)f(ω,t,y,z), not a deterministic or Markovian one.

The closing gloss of Theorem 7.2, that the triple (β∗,γ∗,Dt)(\beta^*,\gamma^*,D_t)(β∗,γ∗,Dt​) is optimal, is not stated separately; milestone 4 is its control half. Contributions are welcome on a continuous version of the Itô integral, Itô's formula for products with Γ\GammaΓ, the Snell envelope in continuous time, and measurable selection of supergradients; all of these are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • N. El Karoui, C. Kapoudjian, É. Pardoux, S. Peng, M.-C. Quenez, Reflected solutions of backward SDE's, and related obstacle problems for PDE's, Ann. Probab. 25(2), 1997, 702–737. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1024404416
  • É. Pardoux, S. Peng, Adapted solution of a backward stochastic differential equation, Systems Control Lett. 14, 1990, 55–61. https://doi.org/10.1016/0167-6911(90)90082-6
  • N. El Karoui, S. Peng, M.-C. Quenez, Backward stochastic differential equations in finance, Math. Finance 7(1), 1997, 1–71. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9965.00022
  • J. Cvitanić, I. Karatzas, Backward stochastic differential equations with reflection and Dynkin games, Ann. Probab. 24(4), 1996, 2024–2056. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1041903216
  • S. Peng, A general stochastic maximum principle for optimal control problems, SIAM J. Control Optim. 28(4), 1990, 966–979. https://doi.org/10.1137/0328054
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Understanding the Efficiency of Multi-Server Service Systems I: With Poisson Arrivals and Finitely Many Service-Time Values of Mean 1, the Number of Busy Servers in M/G/∞ Is Poisson(λ)Research Paper

Motivation

Call centers, hospital wards, telephone exchanges and server farms all face the same staffing question: given an arrival rate λ\lambdaλ, how many servers sss are needed to keep congestion at a fixed level? A widely used answer is the square-root staffing rule

s=λ+γλ,s = \lambda + \gamma\sqrt{\lambda},s=λ+γλ​,

where the grade of service γ>0\gamma > 0γ>0 sets the congestion level. It says that the safety capacity above the offered load grows like the square root of the load, which is the quantitative form of the economy of scale of large service systems.

Whitt (Management Science 38(5), 1992, pp. 708–723) explains the rule through an associated infinite-server (IS) model, in which every customer starts service immediately on arrival. If the number of busy servers NNN in the IS model is Poisson with mean λ\lambdaλ, its mean and variance are both λ\lambdaλ, so the event "more than sss servers busy" has roughly constant probability when s−λs - \lambdas−λ is a fixed multiple of λ\sqrt\lambdaλ​. The Poisson law of NNN is therefore the probabilistic fact on which the heuristic rests. This mission formalizes that fact as proved in §2.4–§2.5 of the paper: first for deterministic unit service times (M/D/∞), then for service times taking finitely many values with mean 111 (M/G/∞ with finite support).

Timeline:

  • The stationary number in system of M/G/∞ is classically known to be Poisson with mean λ⋅E[S]\lambda \cdot E[S]λ⋅E[S] for general service-time laws (Palm's theorem; see Gross et al., Fundamentals of Queueing Theory).
  • Halfin and Whitt (Operations Research 29, 1981) proved the heavy-traffic limit theorem that justifies square-root staffing for GI/M/s queues.
  • Whitt (1992) gave the elementary IS derivation formalized here, with the finite-support M/G/∞ case argued through splitting a Poisson stream into independent class streams.

Setting

Time is measured in units of the mean service time. Let T0,T1,T2,…T_0, T_1, T_2, \dotsT0​,T1​,T2​,… be i.i.d. exponential random variables with rate λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0, the interarrival times, and let τn=T0+⋯+Tn−1\tau_n = T_0 + \cdots + T_{n-1}τn​=T0​+⋯+Tn−1​ be the nnn-th arrival epoch. The arrival counting process A(t)A(t)A(t) is the number of n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 with τn≤t\tau_n \le tτn​≤t, the number of arrivals in (0,t](0, t](0,t]. This is a Poisson process of rate λ\lambdaλ.

Customers are numbered k=0,1,2,…k = 0, 1, 2, \dotsk=0,1,2,…; customer kkk arrives at τk+1\tau_{k+1}τk+1​, is served at once, and has service time DkD_kDk​. Following the paper (proof of Proposition 2.3, p. 712), an arrival at time ttt is counted and a departure at time ttt is not, so customer kkk is present at ttt iff τk+1≤t<τk+1+Dk\tau_{k+1} \le t < \tau_{k+1} + D_kτk+1​≤t<τk+1​+Dk​. The number of busy servers is

N(t)=#{k:τk+1≤t<τk+1+Dk}.N(t) = \#\{k : \tau_{k+1} \le t < \tau_{k+1} + D_k\}.N(t)=#{k:τk+1​≤t<τk+1​+Dk​}.

For the M/G/∞ case fix m≥1m \ge 1m≥1 classes with probabilities p1,…,pmp_1, \dots, p_mp1​,…,pm​ and values d1,…,dm≥0d_1, \dots, d_m \ge 0d1​,…,dm​≥0. Each customer carries a class label JkJ_kJk​, the labels are i.i.d. with P(Jk=i)=piP(J_k = i) = p_iP(Jk​=i)=pi​ and independent of the interarrival times, and Dk=dJkD_k = d_{J_k}Dk​=dJk​​. The class-iii busy count is Ni(t)=#{k:Jk=i, τk+1≤t<τk+1+di}N_i(t) = \#\{k : J_k = i,\ \tau_{k+1} \le t < \tau_{k+1} + d_i\}Ni​(t)=#{k:Jk​=i, τk+1​≤t<τk+1​+di​}.

Formalization targets

Goal: the M/G/∞ claim (§2.5, p. 713)

If ∑i=1mpidi=1\sum_{i=1}^m p_i d_i = 1∑i=1m​pi​di​=1 and t>max⁡idit > \max_i d_it>maxi​di​, then

P(N(t)=k)=e−λλkk!,k=0,1,2,…P\big(N(t) = k\big) = e^{-\lambda}\frac{\lambda^k}{k!}, \qquad k = 0, 1, 2, \dotsP(N(t)=k)=e−λk!λk​,k=0,1,2,…

The law depends on the service-time distribution only through its mean.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 2.3 (p. 712): with unit service times, N(t)=A(t)−A(t−1)N(t) = A(t) - A(t-1)N(t)=A(t)−A(t−1), pathwise.
  2. Proof of Proposition 2.4 (p. 712): for t≥1t \ge 1t≥1, A(t)−A(t−1)A(t) - A(t-1)A(t)−A(t−1) has the same law as A(1)A(1)A(1).
  3. Proposition 2.4 (p. 712): in M/D/∞ with unit service times, N(t)∼Poisson(λ)N(t) \sim \mathrm{Poisson}(\lambda)N(t)∼Poisson(λ) for each t>1t > 1t>1.
  4. §2.5, splitting (p. 713): the class-iii arrivals form independent Poisson streams of rates λpi\lambda p_iλpi​; stated as independence and Poisson laws of the class counts in one window (ai,bi](a_i, b_i](ai​,bi​] per class.
  5. §2.5, "Hence" (p. 713): for t>max⁡idit > \max_i d_it>maxi​di​, the Ni(t)N_i(t)Ni​(t) are independent, Ni(t)∼Poisson(λpidi)N_i(t) \sim \mathrm{Poisson}(\lambda p_i d_i)Ni​(t)∼Poisson(λpi​di​), and N(t)=∑iNi(t)N(t) = \sum_i N_i(t)N(t)=∑i​Ni​(t) almost surely.

A companion item, Proposition 2.1 (p. 710), states that (2) implies λ=s+γ2/2−γs+γ2/4\lambda = s + \gamma^2/2 - \gamma\sqrt{s + \gamma^2/4}λ=s+γ2/2−γs+γ2/4​ and s−γs≤λ≤s−γs+γ2/2s - \gamma\sqrt s \le \lambda \le s - \gamma\sqrt s + \gamma^2/2s−γs​≤λ≤s−γs​+γ2/2, connecting (2) to the utilization equation λ=s−γs\lambda = s - \gamma\sqrt sλ=s−γs​.

Significance

The goal is the step that turns the IS heuristic from a special case into a statement about general service: since N(t)N(t)N(t) is Poisson with mean λ\lambdaλ whatever the finite service-time law of mean 111, the square-root rule derived from M/D/∞ applies unchanged to M/G/∞, and the paper uses this to argue that sss-server congestion is nearly insensitive to the service distribution beyond its mean when sss is large.

The results are classical and proved; none has a machine-checked proof on Prove2Me. Formalizing them adds:

  • a Poisson process built from exponential interarrival times, with the stationary-increment property derived rather than assumed;
  • Poisson splitting (thinning by i.i.d. labels) with independence of the class streams, a tool reused throughout queueing and inventory theory;
  • the M/G/∞ Poisson law for discrete service times, complementing the open platform items ServiceParts.Palm.units_in_resupply_poisson_finite_time and ServiceParts.Palm.palm_theorem, which treat service times with a density.

The open item QueueingFundamentals.Foundations.poisson_count_cdf (the marginal law A(t)∼Poisson(λt)A(t) \sim \mathrm{Poisson}(\lambda t)A(t)∼Poisson(λt)) is related but distinct from milestone 2, which concerns the increment over (t−1,t](t-1, t](t−1,t].

Difficulty

The paper's arguments are short, but each hides a probabilistic fact that is not elementary from the definitions. The increment law of milestone 2 requires the memoryless property at the deterministic time t−1t - 1t−1: the residual time to the next arrival after t−1t-1t−1 must be shown exponential and independent of the past, which is a statement about a random index (the number of arrivals by t−1t-1t−1), not about a fixed interarrival time. Splitting (milestone 4) requires a joint computation over all classes at once: the class counts are built from the same arrival epochs, so their independence is a genuine property of Poisson processes, false for general renewal arrivals, and cannot be obtained one class at a time. The overlapping windows (t−di,t](t - d_i, t](t−di​,t] of different classes make this unavoidable.

Formalization scope

  • The arrival process is the published definition QueueingFundamentals.Foundations.ArrivalProcess: IsExpInterarrivals μ lam T (measurable, mutually independent, exponential with rate lam), arrivalTime, countingProcess. The Poisson process is not postulated through an increment-law axiom; a definition with such a field would make milestones 2 and 3 a projection and is ruled out.
  • The model IsMarkedPoisson adds measurable, i.i.d. class labels J : ℕ → Ω → Fin m with P(J k = i) = p i, independent of the interarrival sequence. Service time of customer k is d (J k). Labels, not values, distinguish classes, so equal d i are not merged.
  • Counts are Set.ncard, which is 000 on an infinite set. Milestone 1 carries the hypothesis that only finitely many arrivals occur by ttt, and the decomposition N(t)=∑iNi(t)N(t) = \sum_i N_i(t)N(t)=∑i​Ni​(t) is stated almost surely. Poisson laws are stated pointwise, P(X=k)=e−cck/k!P(X = k) = e^{-c}c^k/k!P(X=k)=e−cck/k!, avoiding pushforwards of possibly non-measurable maps.
  • Standing conventions: service rate 111; the system starts empty at time 000; arrival counted at ttt, departure not; "steady state" means the law at each fixed t>max⁡idit > \max_i d_it>maxi​di​, with no limit t→∞t \to \inftyt→∞; the paper's 1≤i≤n1 \le i \le n1≤i≤n is Fin m. The constraint ∑ipidi=1\sum_i p_i d_i = 1∑i​pi​di​=1 forces m≥1m \ge 1m≥1, and the label law forces pi≥0p_i \ge 0pi​≥0 and ∑ipi=1\sum_i p_i = 1∑i​pi​=1. Added hypotheses: di≥0d_i \ge 0di​≥0 (service times are nonnegative) and, in Proposition 2.1, γ>0\gamma > 0γ>0 (the paper's grade of service).
  • Infrastructure welcome: memorylessness of the Poisson process at a fixed time, Poisson thinning with independent marks, and the finite-sum version of Mathlib's IndepFun.hasLaw_add_poissonMeasure. These are reusable well beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • W. Whitt, Understanding the efficiency of multi-server service systems, Management Science 38(5):708–723, 1992. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.38.5.708
  • S. Halfin and W. Whitt, Heavy-traffic limits for queues with many exponential servers, Operations Research 29(3):567–588, 1981. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.29.3.567
  • W. Feller, An Introduction to Probability Theory and Its Applications, Vol. I, 3rd ed., Wiley, 1968.
  • D. Gross, J. F. Shortle, J. M. Thompson and C. M. Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed., Wiley, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118625651
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
AnalysisOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

The G/GI/N Queue in the Halfin–Whitt Regime 1: The Regulator Equation z(t) = x(t) + ∫₀ᵗ (z(t−s)+a)⁺ dB(s) Has a Unique Càdlàg Solution, Lipschitz on Bounded Intervals and Measurable in xResearch Paper

Motivation

The G/GI/NG/GI/NG/GI/N queue has NNN identical servers, a general arrival process, and independent service times with a common distribution FFF. In the Halfin–Whitt regime the number of servers and the offered load grow together, so that the fraction of delayed customers stays strictly between 000 and 111. This is the standard asymptotic model of large call centers and service systems (Halfin and Whitt, Operations Research 29, 1981, doi:10.1287/opre.29.3.567). For exponential service times the diffusion limit has been known since 1981; for general service distributions the queue length is no longer Markov, and its limit requires a different device.

Reed (Annals of Applied Probability 19, 2009, arXiv:0912.2837) supplied that device. The number in system QQQ satisfies a nonlinear convolution equation, (2.8) on p. 9 of the paper, in which the only nonlinearity is the term ∫0t(Q(t−s)−N)+ dF(s)\int_0^t (Q(t-s)-N)^+\,dF(s)∫0t​(Q(t−s)−N)+dF(s). Section 3 of the paper isolates that equation as a deterministic regulator map: a map that takes an input path to the unique solution of the equation. Its fluid limit (Theorem 4.1) and diffusion limit (Theorem 5.1) are both obtained by applying this map, through the continuous mapping theorem, to the limits of simpler free processes. The regulator map plays here the role that the one-sided reflection map plays in conventional heavy-traffic theory.

Timeline:

  • 1981. Halfin and Whitt: the diffusion limit for exponential service times.
  • 2000. Puhalskii and Reiman: the GI/PH/NGI/PH/NGI/PH/N case, with phase-type service (MR1778580).
  • 2004. Jelenković, Mandelbaum and Momčilović: deterministic service times (MR2074672).
  • 2009. Reed: general service times, via the regulator map of Proposition 3.1. This mission covers that proposition.

Setting

A path is a function x:[0,∞)→Rx:[0,\infty)\to\mathbb Rx:[0,∞)→R. It is càdlàg if it is right continuous everywhere and has a finite left limit at every t>0t>0t>0. D[0,∞)D[0,\infty)D[0,∞) is the set of càdlàg paths. For T≥0T\ge0T≥0 the supremum metric on [0,T][0,T][0,T] is ∥x∥T=sup⁡0≤t≤T∣x(t)∣\|x\|_T=\sup_{0\le t\le T}|x(t)|∥x∥T​=sup0≤t≤T​∣x(t)∣.

Let BBB be a cumulative distribution function on R\mathbb RR, that is, B(t)=μ((−∞,t])B(t)=\mu((-\infty,t])B(t)=μ((−∞,t]) for a probability measure μ\muμ, and let a∈Ra\in\mathbb Ra∈R. Write y+=max⁡(y,0)y^+=\max(y,0)y+=max(y,0). For an input x∈D[0,∞)x\in D[0,\infty)x∈D[0,∞), the regulator equation (3.1) asks for a path z∈D[0,∞)z\in D[0,\infty)z∈D[0,∞) with

z(t)=x(t)+∫[0,t](z(t−s)+a)+ dB(s),t≥0.z(t)=x(t)+\int_{[0,t]}\big(z(t-s)+a\big)^+\,dB(s),\qquad t\ge0 .z(t)=x(t)+∫[0,t]​(z(t−s)+a)+dB(s),t≥0.

The integral runs over the closed interval [0,t][0,t][0,t], so an atom of BBB at 000 counts. The regulator map φBa\varphi^a_BφBa​ sends xxx to the solution zzz. The paper applies it with B=FB=FB=F, the service-time distribution: a=−1a=-1a=−1 for the fluid-scaled queue and a=0a=0a=0 for the diffusion-scaled one.

The proof works with the operator ΨBa(u)(t)=∫[0,t](u(t−s)+a)+ dB(s)\Psi^a_B(u)(t)=\int_{[0,t]}(u(t-s)+a)^+\,dB(s)ΨBa​(u)(t)=∫[0,t]​(u(t−s)+a)+dB(s) and the successive approximations u0=0u_0=0u0​=0, un+1=x+ΨBa(un)u_{n+1}=x+\Psi^a_B(u_n)un+1​=x+ΨBa​(un​) of (A.3).

D[0,∞)D[0,\infty)D[0,∞) carries the Kolmogorov σ-algebra, the one generated by the evaluations x↦x(t)x\mapsto x(t)x↦x(t), t≥0t\ge0t≥0. In the Lean development the objects are IsCadlag, supNorm, Dpath, SolvesRegulator, psi and picard.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3.1

Assume μ({0})<1\mu(\{0\})<1μ({0})<1. Then there is a map φBa:D[0,∞)→D[0,∞)\varphi^a_B:D[0,\infty)\to D[0,\infty)φBa​:D[0,∞)→D[0,∞) with the following properties:

  • φBa(x)\varphi^a_B(x)φBa​(x) solves (3.1) for every xxx;
  • every càdlàg solution of (3.1) agrees with φBa(x)\varphi^a_B(x)φBa​(x) on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞);
  • for each T≥0T\ge0T≥0 there is a constant CTC_TCT​ with
∥φBa(x1)−φBa(x2)∥T≤CT ∥x1−x2∥Tfor all x1,x2∈D[0,∞);\|\varphi^a_B(x_1)-\varphi^a_B(x_2)\|_T\le C_T\,\|x_1-x_2\|_T\quad\text{for all } x_1,x_2\in D[0,\infty);∥φBa​(x1​)−φBa​(x2​)∥T​≤CT​∥x1​−x2​∥T​for all x1​,x2​∈D[0,∞);
  • φBa\varphi^a_BφBa​ is measurable for the Kolmogorov σ-algebra.

The constant CTC_TCT​ is not fixed. The proof gives (1−ε)−⌈T/δ⌉(1-\varepsilon)^{-\lceil T/\delta\rceil}(1−ε)−⌈T/δ⌉, but the goal asserts only its existence.

Milestones, in the order of the paper's proof

  1. Point mass at c>0c>0c>0, (A.1)–(A.2). Equation (3.1) is the recursion z=xz=xz=x on [0,c)[0,c)[0,c) and z(t)=x(t)+(z(t−c)+a)+z(t)=x(t)+(z(t-c)+a)^+z(t)=x(t)+(z(t−c)+a)+ for t≥ct\ge ct≥c. Its solution is unique, and ∥z1−z2∥t≤k∥x1−x2∥t\|z_1-z_2\|_t\le k\|x_1-x_2\|_t∥z1​−z2​∥t​≤k∥x1​−x2​∥t​ for (k−1)c≤t<kc(k-1)c\le t<kc(k−1)c≤t<kc.
  2. Uniqueness. Assume B(y+δ)−B(y)<ε<1B(y+\delta)-B(y)<\varepsilon<1B(y+δ)−B(y)<ε<1 for all y≥0y\ge0y≥0 and μ([0,δ])<ε\mu([0,\delta])<\varepsilonμ([0,δ])<ε. Then two càdlàg solutions agree on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞).
  3. Lipschitz continuity. Under the same assumption, ∥z2−z1∥kδ≤(1−ε)−k∥x2−x1∥kδ\|z_2-z_1\|_{k\delta}\le(1-\varepsilon)^{-k}\|x_2-x_1\|_{k\delta}∥z2​−z1​∥kδ​≤(1−ε)−k∥x2​−x1​∥kδ​ for every k≥1k\ge1k≥1.
  4. Existence. Under the same assumption, the successive approximations converge uniformly on every [0,T][0,T][0,T] to a càdlàg solution.
  5. Measurability of ΨBa\Psi^a_BΨBa​. ΨBa\Psi^a_BΨBa​ maps càdlàg paths to càdlàg paths, and u↦ΨBa(u)(t)u\mapsto\Psi^a_B(u)(t)u↦ΨBa​(u)(t) is measurable for each t≥0t\ge0t≥0.
  6. Example 1. For unit deterministic service times, the fluid equation (4.7) has the unique solution Qˉ(t)=1+t−⌊t⌋\bar Q(t)=1+t-\lfloor t\rfloorQˉ​(t)=1+t−⌊t⌋.
  7. Proof of Corollary 5.1. Take equilibrium initial conditions. The input of (4.7) is then identically 111, and Qˉ≡1\bar Q\equiv1Qˉ​≡1 is the unique solution.

Significance

Proposition 3.1 is the deterministic core of the paper. Uniqueness makes the queue length a well-defined function of its free process. Lipschitz continuity in the topology of uniform convergence on compacts carries convergence of the inputs over to convergence of the outputs. Measurability is needed because the inputs are random: it makes the output a random element of D[0,∞)D[0,\infty)D[0,∞), so that the continuous mapping theorem applies. Without the proposition neither Theorem 4.1 nor Theorem 5.1 can be stated in the form the paper gives. Example 1 and Corollary 5.1 are the two explicit solutions the paper extracts from it: a periodic, discontinuous sawtooth, and a constant.

The proposition is proved in the paper's Appendix (pp. 32–36). As far as the platform's records show, none of it has been formalized. The mission produces a machine-checked version with every convention fixed. It also corrects the statement: as printed, the proposition fails when BBB is the unit mass at 000, because the equation then reads z(t)=x(t)+(z(t)+a)+z(t)=x(t)+(z(t)+a)^+z(t)=x(t)+(z(t)+a)+. With a=0a=0a=0 and x≡1x\equiv1x≡1 this has no solution. The goal therefore carries the hypothesis μ({0})<1\mu(\{0\})<1μ({0})<1. That hypothesis holds for every service distribution of mean 111 on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), which is the only case the paper uses. It also covers the mixed cases that fall between the two cases of the printed proof, such as an atom at 000 together with mass elsewhere.

Theorems 4.1 and 5.1 themselves, which are weak convergence in D[0,∞)D[0,\infty)D[0,∞) with the Skorohod J1J_1J1​ topology, are not part of this mission.

Difficulty

The equation is a Volterra equation with a nonlinear but 111-Lipschitz integrand. The first idea is to treat it as a contraction in ∥⋅∥T\|\cdot\|_T∥⋅∥T​. That fails: the kernel BBB has total mass 111, so on [0,T][0,T][0,T] the operator ΨBa\Psi^a_BΨBa​ is only nonexpansive, not contractive. The contraction has to be recovered locally, from windows of length δ\deltaδ on which BBB puts mass less than 111. This works only if such windows exist, and they do not exist when BBB is a point mass at 000.

Atoms are the second difficulty. With atoms, t↦ΨBa(u)(t)t\mapsto\Psi^a_B(u)(t)t↦ΨBa​(u)(t) is càdlàg but not continuous, and the closed-interval convention matters at every step. The third is measurability. The map u↦∫(u(t−s)+a)+ dB(s)u\mapsto\int(u(t-s)+a)^+\,dB(s)u↦∫(u(t−s)+a)+dB(s) is not continuous in uuu for the Skorohod topology when BBB has atoms, so the paper splits BBB into its continuous and discrete parts.

Formalization scope

  • Paths. A path is ℝ → ℝ, and only its values on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) are constrained or read. Every equation is asserted for t≥0t\ge0t≥0, and every uniqueness claim is equality on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) (Set.EqOn … (Set.Ici 0)). D[0,∞)D[0,\infty)D[0,∞) is the structure Dpath of càdlàg paths.
  • Integrals. BBB is a probability measure μ\muμ on R\mathbb RR. ∫0t⋯dB(s)\int_0^t\cdots dB(s)∫0t​⋯dB(s) is the integral over the closed interval Set.Icc 0 t, so it includes an atom at 000, and mass on (−∞,0)(-\infty,0)(−∞,0) never enters.
  • Explicit readings of the paper's phrases.
    • "Unique solution in D[0,∞)D[0,\infty)D[0,∞)" means unique among càdlàg paths, up to equality on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞).
    • "Lipschitz continuous in the topology of uniform convergence over bounded intervals" means ∀T ∃CT ∀x1,x2\forall T\ \exists C_T\ \forall x_1,x_2∀T ∃CT​ ∀x1​,x2​. The constant is chosen before the inputs.
    • "Measurable with respect to the Borel σ-field generated by the Skorohod J1J_1J1​ topology" means measurable for the Kolmogorov σ-algebra generated by the evaluations at times t≥0t\ge0t≥0. The paper uses this identification on p. 35, and it is Theorem 16.6 of Billingsley (1999). J1J_1J1​ is not defined.
    • "Uniform convergence" in the existence proof means ∥un−u⋆∥T→0\|u_n-u^\star\|_T\to0∥un​−u⋆∥T​→0 for every TTT.
  • Added hypothesis in the goal: μ({0})<1\mu(\{0\})<1μ({0})<1 (see Significance).
  • Window conditions in milestones 2–4. These are the paper's B(y+δ)−B(y)<εB(y+\delta)-B(y)<\varepsilonB(y+δ)−B(y)<ε for y≥0y\ge0y≥0, plus μ([0,δ])<ε\mu([0,\delta])<\varepsilonμ([0,δ])<ε for the first window, which the proof uses as "B(δ)<εB(\delta)<\varepsilonB(δ)<ε".
  • Junk values. The real supremum ∥⋅∥T\|\cdot\|_T∥⋅∥T​ and the Bochner integral take junk values (zero) on unbounded or non-integrable data. Every statement applies them only to càdlàg paths, which are bounded and measurable on [0,T][0,T][0,T]. This is also why solutions are required to be càdlàg: a solution taken among arbitrary functions could exploit the zero value of a non-integrable integral. Likewise, the goal cannot be satisfied by a φ\varphiφ whose values solve (3.1) only vacuously, and cannot be satisfied by dropping the càdlàg requirement on the output.
  • Printed slips corrected in the Lean and disclosed in the items:
    • (A.2)'s step "k<t≤(k+1)ck<t\le(k+1)ck<t≤(k+1)c" means kc≤t<(k+1)ckc\le t<(k+1)ckc≤t<(k+1)c;
    • (A.3) "for n≥1n\ge1n≥1" starts at n=0n=0n=0;
    • (4.18) has Qˉ(t)\bar Q(t)Qˉ​(t) on the right where (4.7) gives Qˉ(t−1)\bar Q(t-1)Qˉ​(t−1);
    • Corollary 5.1 cites "Theorem 5.1 of Section 4", meaning Theorem 4.1.

Infrastructure. A complete development needs the following, all reusable beyond this mission:

  • càdlàg paths on a half-line and their boundedness on compacts;
  • Lebesgue–Stieltjes convolution integrals of càdlàg paths against a probability measure;
  • the Kolmogorov σ-algebra on path space.

The related platform objects are of other shapes:

  • ChenWhitt93.Reflection.Basic (IsCadlagOn, vector-valued paths on [0,T][0,T][0,T]) and EthierKurtz_HasCadlagPaths (processes indexed by R≥0\mathbb R_{\ge0}R≥0​) define càdlàg paths in other settings.
  • BellmanDP.Inventory.renewal_equation_exists_unique is a linear renewal equation with a density kernel of mass below 111.

Contributions are welcome on any milestone, in any order. The windowed estimates (milestones 2–4) and the measurability step (milestone 5) are independent of each other.

Selected references

  • J. Reed, The G/GI/N queue in the Halfin–Whitt regime, Annals of Applied Probability 19(6), 2009, 2211–2269. arXiv:0912.2837v1, doi:10.1214/09-AAP609
  • S. Halfin, W. Whitt, Heavy-traffic limits for queues with many exponential servers, Operations Research 29(3), 1981, 567–588. doi:10.1287/opre.29.3.567
  • A. A. Puhalskii, M. I. Reiman, The multiclass GI/PH/N queue in the Halfin–Whitt regime, Advances in Applied Probability 32, 2000, 564–595. MR1778580
  • P. Jelenković, A. Mandelbaum, P. Momčilović, Heavy traffic limits for queues with many deterministic servers, Queueing Systems 47, 2004, 53–69. MR2074672
  • P. Billingsley, Convergence of Probability Measures, 2nd ed., Wiley, 1999, Chapter 16. doi:10.1002/9780470316962
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
Markov ChainOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Stability Properties of Constrained Queueing Systems and Scheduling Policies for Maximum Throughput in Multihop Radio Networks I: Policy π₀ Is Throughput-Optimal, C′ ⊂ C_π₀ ⊂ C ⊂ C̄′Research Paper

Motivation

In a wireless multihop network, a switch, or a parallel computer, transmissions interfere: two links that share a receiver, or two crossbar paths that share a port, cannot be active in the same time slot. The scheduler must choose, slot by slot, a set of links that may operate together and decide which traffic each one carries. The basic question is which arrival rates a network can sustain at all, and whether a single scheduling rule sustains every one of them without knowing the rates.

Tassiulas and Ephremides answered both questions in 1992 for a general slotted model with interference constraints, multihop routing and several traffic classes (IEEE Trans. Automat. Control 37(12):1936–1948). Their policy, here called π0\pi_0π0​, weighs each link by the largest queue-length difference it can reduce and activates a maximum-weight feasible set. It is the origin of the max-weight and back-pressure scheduling rules that later became standard in switch scheduling (McKeown, Mekkittikul, Anantharam and Walrand, 1999) and in stochastic network optimization (Georgiadis, Neely and Tassiulas, 2006).

Setting

A constrained queueing network has LLL nodes, NNN servers (links) and JJJ customer classes. Server iii moves customers from its origin node q(i)q(i)q(i) to its destination node h(i)h(i)h(i). Class jjj leaves the network on reaching a node of its destination set VjV_jVj​; at every other node lll it has a queue (l,j)(l,j)(l,j), whose length at the end of slot ttt is Xlj(t)∈NX_{lj}(t)\in\mathbb NXlj​(t)∈N.

The constraint set SSS is the family of sets of servers that may be active in the same slot. Assumption C.1 says that every subset of an activation set is an activation set. In each slot a stationary policy, given the state x=X(t−1)x=X(t-1)x=X(t−1), chooses a set of servers in SSS and the class each active server serves; an activation rule never activates more servers of queue (l,j)(l,j)(l,j) than there are customers xljx_{lj}xlj​. The class of all such rules is HHH. An activated server iii completes its service with probability mim_imi​, independently. New arrivals Alj(t)A_{lj}(t)Alj​(t) are i.i.d. over slots, independent across queues and of the services, with finite second moments and means alja_{lj}alj​. Under a stationary rule the vector X(t)X(t)X(t) is a Markov chain on N{queues}\mathbb N^{\{\text{queues}\}}N{queues}.

The chain is stable (Definition 3.1) if, from every transient state, it enters a closed communicating class with probability one, and every state of a closed communicating class is positive recurrent. The stability region CπC_\piCπ​ of a policy is the set of rate vectors aaa for which the system is stable under π\piπ; the stability region of the system is C=⋃π∈HCπC=\bigcup_{\pi\in H}C_\piC=⋃π∈H​Cπ​.

A family f=(fij)≥0f=(f_{ij})\ge0f=(fij​)≥0 is an aaa-admissible flow if it satisfies flow conservation, alj=∑q(i)=lfij−∑h(i)=lfija_{lj}=\sum_{q(i)=l}f_{ij}-\sum_{h(i)=l}f_{ij}alj​=∑q(i)=l​fij​−∑h(i)=l​fij​ at every queue; f^i=∑jfij\hat f_i=\sum_jf_{ij}f^​i​=∑j​fij​ is its total flow through server iii. With co(S)\mathrm{co}(S)co(S) the convex hull of the indicator vectors of the activation sets,

C′={a≥0: ∃f∈Fa, c∈co(S), mi−1f^i<ci if f^i>0, f^i=0 if ci=0}.C'=\{a\ge0:\ \exists f\in F_a,\ c\in\mathrm{co}(S),\ m_i^{-1}\hat f_i<c_i\text{ if }\hat f_i>0,\ \hat f_i=0\text{ if }c_i=0\}.C′={a≥0: ∃f∈Fa​, c∈co(S), mi−1​f^​i​<ci​ if f^​i​>0, f^​i​=0 if ci​=0}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.2

C′⊂C⊂Cˉ′,C′⊂Cπ0⊂C⊂Cˉπ0.C'\subset C\subset\bar C',\qquad C'\subset C_{\pi_0}\subset C\subset\bar C_{\pi_0}.C′⊂C⊂Cˉ′,C′⊂Cπ0​​⊂C⊂Cˉπ0​​.

The system stability region is pinned between C′C'C′ and its closure, and policy π0\pi_0π0​, whatever its tie-breaking, stabilizes every rate vector in C′C'C′. Inclusions are not strict.

Milestones

  1. Lemma A.1: co(S)\mathrm{co}(S)co(S) is closed under 0≤a≤c0\le a\le c0≤a≤c (under C.1).
  2. Lemma 3.1: Cˉ′={a:∃f∈Fa, c∈co(S), M−1f^≤c}\bar C'=\{a:\exists f\in F_a,\ c\in\mathrm{co}(S),\ M^{-1}\hat f\le c\}Cˉ′={a:∃f∈Fa​, c∈co(S), M−1f^​≤c}.
  3. Theorem 3.1: a function bounded below with drift ≤−ϵ\le-\epsilon≤−ϵ outside a finite set, and finite conditional expectation on it, makes a countable chain stable in the sense of Definition 3.1.
  4. (A.6)–(A.7): for V(x)=∑l,jxlj2V(x)=\sum_{l,j}x_{lj}^2V(x)=∑l,j​xlj2​, the one-step drift under π0\pi_0π0​ is finite everywhere and below −ϵ-\epsilon−ϵ once V(x)≥bV(x)\ge bV(x)≥b.
  5. Lemma 3.2: C′⊂Cπ0C'\subset C_{\pi_0}C′⊂Cπ0​​.
  6. Lemma 3.3: for a∉Cˉ′a\notin\bar C'a∈/Cˉ′, the system is unstable under every policy in HHH.

An optional item states the claim of Remark 1: if a∈Cˉ′∖C′a\in\bar C'\setminus C'a∈Cˉ′∖C′, then δa∉Cˉ′\delta a\notin\bar C'δa∈/Cˉ′ for every δ>1\delta>1δ>1.

Significance

Theorem 3.2 shows that a throughput-optimal stationary policy exists, which is not obvious: stability regions of different policies need not be nested, so a policy whose region contains all the others has to be exhibited. It also describes the system stability region by a deterministic flow condition, C′C'C′, which can be checked without simulating any policy. The same drift argument underlies the stability proofs of max-weight switch schedulers, back-pressure routing and the drift-plus-penalty method.

The result is proved in the paper, with a proof sketched in places (Theorem 3.1 is called "a trivial extension of Foster's criteria", Lemma A.1 is omitted, Lemma 3.3 is argued by ergodicity in a paragraph). As far as a search of the platform shows, none of these statements has a machine-checked proof: Foster's criterion is posed on the platform only for irreducible chains on N\mathbb NN, and the back-pressure results already posed concern fluid models of other networks. A complete formal development would supply the reducible-chain Foster criterion, the convex-geometry lemma on co(S)\mathrm{co}(S)co(S), the quadratic drift computation and the ergodic converse.

Difficulty

The obvious argument is a quadratic Lyapunov drift bound, but it does not go through as is in three places. First, the drift bound needs a direction of decrease from every large state: the largest queue must be connected to a destination through servers that can actually be activated, which is where assumption C.2 and the topology of SSS enter (A.21)–(A.24). Second, stage 3 of π0\pi_0π0​ defers some activations to respect the rule "no service for nonexisting customers", so the chosen schedule is not exactly maximum-weight and the loss has to be bounded uniformly. Third, the chain is in general reducible, so Foster's criterion for irreducible chains does not apply; the extension must show that every closed class meets the finite exceptional set and that transient states are left almost surely. The converse, Lemma 3.3, needs a law-of-large-numbers argument for an arbitrary stationary rule on a positive recurrent class, together with compactness of acyclic flows (Lemma 3.1).

Formalization scope

Nodes, servers and classes are Fin L, Fin N, Fin J (0-based). SSS is a Set (Finset (Fin N)); a queue is a pair (l,j)(l,j)(l,j) with l∉Vjl\notin V_jl∈/Vj​, and a state is a function from queues to N\mathbb NN. A multiclass activation vector assigns to each server an optional class. The transition matrix of the queue-length chain is written out explicitly as a sum over arrival vectors and Bernoulli service outcomes; Definition 3.1 is stated through this matrix (first-entry probabilities, essential states, positive recurrence), with values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞].

Conventions committed to, and hypotheses added relative to the page:

  • Standing assumptions of the goal: C.1; ∅∈S\emptyset\in S∅∈S (the idle schedule is always allowed); 0<mi≤10<m_i\le10<mi​≤1; and C.2 in a topological form, a chain of servers from every non-destination node of class jjj to VjV_jVj​ (stronger than the printed sentence, which covers only nodes that class jjj can reach).
  • Every single server is an activation set, {i}∈S\{i\}\in S{i}∈S. The proof of Lemma 3.2 uses this at (A.24) without stating it; without it a server that can never be activated breaks the drift bound and Lemma 3.2.
  • Stability regions quantify over laws. CπC_\piCπ​ is the set of nonnegative rate vectors for which the chain is stable for every arrival law with finite second moments and those means. C′C'C′ is intersected with a≥0a\ge0a≥0.
  • π0\pi_0π0​ is a family. Statements hold for every rule satisfying the three stages, with arbitrary tie-breaking.
  • Expectations of unbounded functions are real series with explicit summability, so a divergent expectation is never read as 000.

A formalization in which CπC_\piCπ​ asks for stability under one convenient arrival law, or in which negative rates are admitted, or in which π0\pi_0π0​ is one fixed tie-break, would be a different theorem; the definitions rule each of these out.

Infrastructure needed: hitting probabilities and positive recurrence for countable chains (reusable beyond this mission), convex hulls of finite point sets, a cycle-cancelling bound for multicommodity flows, and the ergodic theorem for positive recurrent chains. Proofs of any milestone, and reusable lemmas on countable Markov chains, are welcome.

Selected references

  • L. Tassiulas and A. Ephremides, Stability properties of constrained queueing systems and scheduling policies for maximum throughput in multihop radio networks, IEEE Trans. Automat. Control 37(12):1936–1948, 1992. https://doi.org/10.1109/9.182479
  • F. G. Foster, On the stochastic matrices associated with certain queuing processes, Ann. Math. Statist. 24(3):355–360, 1953. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177728976
  • N. McKeown, A. Mekkittikul, V. Anantharam and J. Walrand, Achieving 100% throughput in an input-queued switch, IEEE Trans. Commun. 47(8):1260–1267, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1109/26.780463
  • L. Georgiadis, M. J. Neely and L. Tassiulas, Resource allocation and cross-layer control in wireless networks, Found. Trends Netw. 1(1):1–144, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1561/1300000001
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Markov ChainProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Random Walks in a Random Environment 3: With One-Way Mirrors σ ∈ {0, θ}, X_n/(n/log_θ n) → ½ in Probability if γθ = 1, and n^(−1/ρ)X_n Has Limit Laws Along Subsequences if γθ > 1Research Paper

Why the walk slows down

A random walk in a random environment uses transition probabilities selected once for each site, rather than probabilities resampled at every step. Even when the site environments are independent and identically distributed, the walker revisits the same local bias whenever it returns to a site. Its long-time motion can therefore differ sharply from that of a walk with a single averaged right-step probability. Solomon’s 1975 paper established the recurrence and speed classification for this one-dimensional model and then examined a two-value example in which some sites are one-way mirrors: the walker can pass through them to the right but cannot cross them to the left. The example isolates how a sequence of random intervals between mirrors produces slow growth and phase-dependent limit laws Solomon 1975, §2.

The present mission concerns §2 of that paper, pp. 10–20. Its central question is how far the walker has traveled after nnn steps when the mean crossing time reaches or exceeds the critical threshold. At criticality, a logarithmic correction replaces ordinary linear speed. Above criticality, the paper gives limits along subsequences whose logarithmic fractional parts approach a fixed phase.

The walk and its mirror environment

Let (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P) be a probability space and let αj\alpha_jαj​, j∈Zj\in\mathbb Zj∈Z, be independent, identically distributed random variables in [0,1][0,1][0,1]. The environment is the complete sequence α=(αj)j∈Z\alpha=(\alpha_j)_{j\in\mathbb Z}α=(αj​)j∈Z​. Conditional on a fixed environment, a nearest-neighbour walk starts at X0=0X_0=0X0​=0 and, from site jjj, moves to j+1j+1j+1 with probability αj\alpha_jαj​ and to j−1j-1j−1 with probability 1−αj1-\alpha_j1−αj​. The annealed probability PPP averages the conditional path law over the environment. In Lean this joint law is specified on every finite path cylinder together with every measurable event of the whole environment, so it determines the dependence between XXX and α\alphaα.

Fix θ>1\theta>1θ>1 and 0<γ<10<\gamma<10<γ<1. Solomon’s example has αj=1\alpha_j=1αj​=1 with probability 1−γ1-\gamma1−γ and αj=(1+θ)−1\alpha_j=(1+\theta)^{-1}αj​=(1+θ)−1 with probability γ\gammaγ. Equivalently, the left-to-right odds ratio σj=(1−αj)/αj\sigma_j=(1-\alpha_j)/\alpha_jσj​=(1−αj​)/αj​ takes values 000 and θ\thetaθ. A site with σj=0\sigma_j=0σj​=0 is a one-way mirror. Write V0=0V_0=0V0​=0 and let VnV_nVn​ be the position of the nnnth mirror strictly to the right of zero. Let TjT_jTj​ be the first time the walk reaches site jjj, with Tj=∞T_j=\inftyTj​=∞ if it never does. For b>0b>0b>0, log⁡bx\log_b xlogb​x means the logarithm in base bbb, and {x}=x−⌊x⌋\{x\}=x-\lfloor x\rfloor{x}=x−⌊x⌋ is the fractional part.

The parameters used below are

ν=2θ(θ−1)2,K=1−γγν,ρ=log⁡1/γθ.\nu=\frac{2\theta}{(\theta-1)^2},\qquad K=\frac{1-\gamma}{\gamma}\nu,\qquad \rho=\log_{1/\gamma}\theta.ν=(θ−1)22θ​,K=γ1−γ​ν,ρ=log1/γ​θ.

When γθ>1\gamma\theta>1γθ>1, the paper specifies a probability law FεF_\varepsilonFε​ on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) by its Laplace transform

∫0∞e−ux dFε(x)=exp⁡[−Ku∑j∈Z(γθ)j−ε1+νuθj−ε],u>0.\int_0^\infty e^{-ux}\,dF_\varepsilon(x)=\exp\left[-Ku\sum_{j\in\mathbb Z}\frac{(\gamma\theta)^{j-\varepsilon}}{1+\nu u\theta^{j-\varepsilon}}\right],\qquad u>0.∫0∞​e−uxdFε​(x)=exp​−Kuj∈Z∑​1+νuθj−ε(γθ)j−ε​​,u>0.

Here Fε(t)F_\varepsilon(t)Fε​(t) also denotes that law’s distribution function at ttt. The bilateral series converges in the supercritical parameter range. The source’s notation uses the same letter for a distribution and its distribution function; the Lean development keeps these roles separate as a measure and its value on (−∞,t](-\infty,t](−∞,t].

Formalization targets

The first clause of Theorem (2.20) is the critical growth law. If γθ=1\gamma\theta=1γθ=1, then

Xnn/log⁡θn→P12.\frac{X_n}{n/\log_\theta n}\xrightarrow{P}\frac12.n/logθ​nXn​​P​21​.

The second clause describes the supercritical case. If γθ>1\gamma\theta>1γθ>1, nk→∞n_k\to\inftynk​→∞, and {log⁡θnk}→ε\{\log_\theta n_k\}\to\varepsilon{logθ​nk​}→ε, then for each x>0x>0x>0,

P ⁣(nk−1/ρXnk<x)⟶1−Fλ(x) ⁣(((1−γ)x)−ρ),λ(x)=ε+log⁡1/γ((1−γ)x).P\!\left(n_k^{-1/\rho}X_{n_k}<x\right)\longrightarrow 1-F_{\lambda(x)}\!\left(((1-\gamma)x)^{-\rho}\right), \qquad \lambda(x)=\varepsilon+\log_{1/\gamma}((1-\gamma)x).P(nk−1/ρ​Xnk​​<x)⟶1−Fλ(x)​(((1−γ)x)−ρ),λ(x)=ε+log1/γ​((1−γ)x).

Both clauses are the goal. The milestones record the transform identity of Lemma (2.5), its approximation and scaling limits in Lemmas (2.6)–(2.7), the mirror passage-time limits of Lemma (2.10), and the ordinary passage-time limits of Theorem (2.18). The fractional part in the goal uses base θ\thetaθ; the two passage-time results use base 1/γ1/\gamma1/γ, exactly as printed Solomon 1975, pp. 12–19.

What the result gives

The critical law identifies the constant in the growth scale n/log⁡θnn/\log_\theta nn/logθ​n. The supercritical law shows that a single power normalization n1/ρn^{1/\rho}n1/ρ does not erase the logarithmic phase of the environment: the limiting distribution depends on the phase approached by the chosen subsequence. These assertions describe the position XnX_nXn​ itself, rather than only the time needed to reach a distant site. They complement the paper’s general speed theorem by resolving the zero-speed behavior in a concrete model Solomon 1975, Theorems (1.16) and (2.20).

The results are proved in the 1975 paper; the open work here is machine checking their definitions, statements, and proofs. The development also yields reusable interfaces for a nearest-neighbour chain specified by cylinder probabilities, first-passage times that can be infinite, and Laplace-transform arguments for random time changes. The mission’s statements currently compile locally with proof placeholders, so they are formalization targets rather than machine-checked theorems.

Where the difficulty lies

The one-way mirrors create independent, identically distributed blocks of crossing times, but those times have tails governed by the random spacing between mirrors. At γθ=1\gamma\theta=1γθ=1, their accumulation produces a logarithmic correction; at γθ>1\gamma\theta>1γθ>1, the underlying geometric scales preserve the fractional part of a logarithm. An ordinary law of large numbers for passage times therefore cannot supply both limits. Moreover, a limit for passage times to the random mirror positions VnV_nVn​ does not immediately give a limit for passage times to deterministic sites, and converting a passage-time limit into a position limit requires control of the inverse time change. The source separates these tasks across the milestone results Solomon 1975, pp. 11–20.

Formalization scope

The Lean environment is the pinned Mathlib revision 0df444a360eaa60ab8c11dca51a86af692955474. The position and environment are integer-indexed; time is natural-number-indexed. The one-way-mirror parameter range is θ>1\theta>1θ>1, 0<γ<10<\gamma<10<γ<1, γθ≥1\gamma\theta\ge1γθ≥1. The strict bounds on γ\gammaγ make both atom probabilities meaningful and the logarithm base 1/γ1/\gamma1/γ valid. The source uses these bounds implicitly. All probabilities concern the annealed joint law, not an arbitrary process with the same one-time marginals.

First-passage times are extended natural numbers, with infinity on paths that never hit the target. The real-valued limits convert finite passage times to real numbers; under the stated model, infinite passage times form a null event. The location of a nonexistent next mirror is assigned zero for a total Lean function, again only on a null event in this model. The Laplace transform of an infinite passage time is defined as zero. Convergence in probability uses TendstoInMeasure; convergence in law is expressed by convergence of distribution functions at continuity points. The limit-law family is constrained to probability measures supported on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) with the exact transform (2.12), preventing a degenerate or unrelated choice of FFF.

A complete proof needs measurable cylinder laws, independence of the mirror gaps, hitting-time and transform calculations, asymptotics of one-sided and bilateral series, distributional convergence from Laplace transforms, and inversion from passage time to position. Work on any of these components is in scope. The statement keeps both source regimes and every constant; replacing the joint walk law by independent marginals or choosing an arbitrary limit distribution would change the theorem.

Selected references

  • Fred Solomon, Random Walks in a Random Environment, The Annals of Probability 3(1):1–31, 1975. DOI: 10.1214/aop/1176996444.
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Regenerative Stochastic Processes 2: The Ergodic Theorem — a Cumulative Process Satisfies w_t/t → κ₁/μ₁ with Probability OneResearch Paper

Motivation

Many quantities in operations research accumulate over time in a system that periodically starts afresh: the cost incurred by an inventory system that returns to the same stock level, the work completed by a server between successive moments it empties, the reward collected by a machine between repairs. The basic question about such a quantity is its long-run rate: does the amount accumulated by time ttt, divided by ttt, settle down, and to what?

W. L. Smith's 1955 paper Regenerative stochastic processes (DOI 10.1098/rspa.1955.0198) introduced the class of cumulative processes to answer this question, and §5·3 of the paper proves the answer, Theorem 7, which Smith calls "the ergodic theorem": the long-run rate equals the expected accumulation per cycle divided by the expected cycle length. In later textbooks this is the renewal–reward theorem, the standard tool for computing long-run averages of regenerative systems in queueing, inventory and reliability models.

Timeline. Doob (1948) proved the strong law nt/t→1/μ1n_t/t \to 1/\mu_1nt​/t→1/μ1​ for renewal counting processes (Trans. AMS 63). Smith (1955) defined cumulative processes by conditions (C1)–(C2) and proved Theorem 7 under a first-moment condition on the variation per cycle, together with central limit theorems (Theorems 9–10) for the same processes.

Setting

Fix a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega, \mathcal F, P)(Ω,F,P).

A renewal process is a sequence t1,t2,…t_1, t_2, \dotst1​,t2​,… of independent, identically distributed, non-negative random variables that are not zero with probability one, i.e. P{t1=0}<1P\{t_1 = 0\} < 1P{t1​=0}<1. Write μ1=Et1\mu_1 = E t_1μ1​=Et1​. In this mission the delay is t0=0t_0 = 0t0​=0, the regeneration epochs are Tk=t0+t1+⋯+tkT_k = t_0 + t_1 + \dots + t_kTk​=t0​+t1​+⋯+tk​, and the counting variable

nt=#{k≥0:Tk≤t}n_t = \#\{k \ge 0 : T_k \le t\}nt​=#{k≥0:Tk​≤t}

is the number of regenerations in [0,t][0, t][0,t] (the paper's "greatest integer kkk such that Tk−1≤tT_{k-1} \le tTk−1​≤t"). The forward variable Zt=∑i=1nt+1ti−tZ_t = \sum_{i=1}^{n_t+1} t_i - tZt​=∑i=1nt​+1​ti​−t measures how far ttt is from the regeneration epoch Tnt+1T_{n_t+1}Tnt​+1​.

Let w=(wt)w = (w_t)w=(wt​) be a real-valued process with w0=0w_0 = 0w0​=0. Its cycle increments are yn=wTn−wTn−1y_n = w_{T_n} - w_{T_{n-1}}yn​=wTn​​−wTn−1​​, n≥1n \ge 1n≥1, and κ1=Ey1\kappa_1 = E y_1κ1​=Ey1​. On a path of bounded variation on every finite interval, the variation process w~t=∫0t∣dwt∣\tilde w_t = \int_0^t |\mathrm d w_t|w~t​=∫0t​∣dwt​∣ is the total variation of the path over [0,t][0, t][0,t]; the cycle variations are y~n=w~Tn−w~Tn−1\tilde y_n = \tilde w_{T_n} - \tilde w_{T_{n-1}}y~​n​=w~Tn​​−w~Tn−1​​, and κ~p=Ey~1 p\tilde\kappa_p = E \tilde y_1^{\,p}κ~p​=Ey~​1p​.

The process www is a cumulative process when

  • (C1) y1,y2,…y_1, y_2, \dotsy1​,y2​,… are independent and identically distributed, and
  • (C2) with probability one, www is of bounded variation in every finite interval.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7 (the ergodic theorem)

If www is a cumulative process, μ1<∞\mu_1 < \inftyμ1​<∞, κ~1<∞\tilde\kappa_1 < \inftyκ~1​<∞, t0=0t_0 = 0t0​=0 and w0=0w_0 = 0w0​=0, then

lim⁡t→∞wtt=κ1μ1with probability one.\lim_{t \to \infty} \frac{w_t}{t} = \frac{\kappa_1}{\mu_1} \quad \text{with probability one.}t→∞lim​twt​​=μ1​κ1​​with probability one.

The statement fixes no rate and no constant; it is the exact limit of the paper.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. Lemma 7. For i.i.d. xnx_nxn​ with E∣xn∣p<∞E|x_n|^p < \inftyE∣xn​∣p<∞, p>0p > 0p>0: xn/n1/p→0x_n / n^{1/p} \to 0xn​/n1/p→0 with probability one.
  2. Renewal strong law (proof of Lemma 8): nt/t→1/μ1n_t / t \to 1/\mu_1nt​/t→1/μ1​ with probability one when μ1<∞\mu_1 < \inftyμ1​<∞.
  3. Lemma 8. If t0=0t_0 = 0t0​=0, μ1<∞\mu_1 < \inftyμ1​<∞ and κ~p<∞\tilde\kappa_p < \inftyκ~p​<∞ (p>0p > 0p>0), then
lim⁡t→∞wt+Zt−wtt1/p=0with probability one.\lim_{t \to \infty} \frac{w_{t+Z_t} - w_t}{t^{1/p}} = 0 \quad \text{with probability one.}t→∞lim​t1/pwt+Zt​​−wt​​=0with probability one.
  1. (5·3·4). ∑i=1nt+1yi/(nt+1)→κ1\sum_{i=1}^{n_t+1} y_i / (n_t + 1) \to \kappa_1∑i=1nt​+1​yi​/(nt​+1)→κ1​ with probability one.
  2. The limit along regeneration epochs. wt+Zt/t→κ1/μ1w_{t+Z_t} / t \to \kappa_1/\mu_1wt+Zt​​/t→κ1​/μ1​ with probability one.

Significance

The ergodic theorem turns a question about a whole sample path into a question about one cycle. Once a system is shown to regenerate, its long-run average cost, throughput or utilization is the ratio of two one-cycle expectations, which can often be computed in closed form. This is how long-run averages are evaluated for M/G/1M/G/1M/G/1-type queues, (s,S)(s,S)(s,S) inventory policies and alternating-renewal reliability models, and it is the first step in average-cost analyses of regenerative Markov decision processes. Lemma 8, with p>1p > 1p>1, also controls the error term in Smith's central limit theorem for cumulative processes.

The result is classical and proved. As far as the platform and Mathlib are concerned, it is not formalized: Mathlib has the strong law of large numbers for i.i.d. sequences (ProbabilityTheory.strong_law_ae) but no renewal counting process, no renewal strong law, and no renewal–reward theorem. A complete development gives machine-checked versions of all three, stated for real time and for cycle lengths that may vanish with positive probability.

Difficulty

The obvious argument writes wt/tw_t / twt​/t as (∑i≤ntyi/nt)⋅(nt/t)\big(\sum_{i \le n_t} y_i / n_t\big) \cdot (n_t / t)(∑i≤nt​​yi​/nt​)⋅(nt​/t) and applies the strong law to each factor. This fails in two places. First, wtw_twt​ is not a sum of whole cycles: the cycle containing ttt is only partly completed, and its contribution has to be shown negligible. The increment yny_nyn​ does not control it, because www may oscillate inside a cycle and return; it is the variation y~n\tilde y_ny~​n​ that bounds the partial contribution, which is why the hypothesis is on κ~1\tilde\kappa_1κ~1​ rather than on κ1\kappa_1κ1​. Second, the strong law is a statement about a deterministic index n→∞n \to \inftyn→∞, while here the index ntn_tnt​ is random and depends on the cycle lengths, which need not be independent of the increments. Transferring almost-sure convergence through the random index requires nt→∞n_t \to \inftynt​→∞ almost surely, which in turn uses P{t1=0}<1P\{t_1 = 0\} < 1P{t1​=0}<1.

Formalization scope

Time is real: every limit is along t→∞t \to \inftyt→∞ in R\mathbb RR (Filter.atTop on ℝ), and "with probability one" is an almost-everywhere statement placed outside the limit. Random variables are real-valued. The renewal process is the structure IsRenewalProcess (cycle lengths measurable, mutually independent, identically distributed, non-negative everywhere, P{t1=0}<1P\{t_1 = 0\} < 1P{t1​=0}<1); t0=0t_0 = 0t0​=0 and w0=0w_0 = 0w0​=0 are explicit hypotheses holding at every sample point. Moments are Bochner integrals guarded by integrability hypotheses: μ1<∞\mu_1 < \inftyμ1​<∞ is integrability of t1t_1t1​, κ~p<∞\tilde\kappa_p < \inftyκ~p​<∞ is integrability of y~1 p\tilde y_1^{\,p}y~​1p​. The positivity μ1>0\mu_1 > 0μ1​>0 is never assumed; it follows from P{t1=0}<1P\{t_1 = 0\} < 1P{t1​=0}<1.

The count ntn_tnt​ is a cardinality; on the null event where infinitely many epochs lie below ttt it takes the value 000, and finiteness is never assumed. The variation process is Mathlib's eVariationOn of the path over [0,t][0, t][0,t], set to 000 on paths that are not of bounded variation, exactly as the paper prescribes.

Condition (C1) is read literally: only the increments yny_nyn​ are i.i.d., and no independence between cycle lengths and increments is assumed. In addition the cycle variations y~n\tilde y_ny~​n​ are assumed identically distributed; the paper's notation κ~p\tilde\kappa_pκ~p​ presupposes this. The statement is not trivialized by a stronger model: taking www to be a Lévy process, or a deterministic multiple of ttt, would make the theorem immediate and is not what is formalized.

Two misprints of the paper are corrected in the formal statements and kept in the verbatim milestone text: (5·3·4) prints the limit as ν1\nu_1ν1​, which must be κ1\kappa_1κ1​; and the proof bound (5·3·1) uses y~nt+1\tilde y_{n_t+1}y~​nt​+1​ alone, where the interval [t,t+Zt][t, t+Z_t][t,t+Zt​] also meets cycle ntn_tnt​.

Needed infrastructure: a renewal counting process in continuous time with its strong law; a lemma that almost-sure convergence of a sequence passes to a random index tending to infinity; the comparison ∣wb−wa∣≤w~b−w~a|w_b - w_a| \le \tilde w_b - \tilde w_a∣wb​−wa​∣≤w~b​−w~a​ for paths of bounded variation. All three are reusable well beyond this mission (renewal–reward arguments, regenerative simulation, average-cost Markov decision processes). Contributions of any milestone, and of these general lemmas as separate theorems, are welcome.

Selected references

  • W. L. Smith, Regenerative stochastic processes, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, Series A 232(1188):6–31, 1955. https://doi.org/10.1098/rspa.1955.0198
  • J. L. Doob, Renewal theory from the point of view of the theory of probability, Transactions of the American Mathematical Society 63(3):422–438, 1948. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9947-1948-0025098-8
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Regenerative Stochastic Processes 4: Cumulative Processes on the Same Regeneration Points Are Jointly Asymptotically NormalResearch Paper

Motivation

Many quantities in queueing, inventory and reliability models are additive functionals of a regenerative process: the total work processed by a server up to time ttt, the cost accumulated by an inventory policy, the time a machine spends broken. Each such quantity grows by independent, identically distributed amounts over the cycles between successive regeneration points. W. L. Smith called these cumulative processes in Regenerative stochastic processes (Proc. R. Soc. Lond. A, 1955), the paper that introduced the term "regenerative process" and laid out its limit theory. Long-run averages of such quantities are estimated by simulation and by statistical observation of real systems. Confidence intervals for these estimates, and the regenerative method of simulation output analysis, rest on the central limit theorem for cumulative processes. When several quantities are estimated at once (a ratio of two rewards, a vector of costs), they rest on its joint version for several cumulative processes driven by the same regenerations.

Timeline:

  • 1949. Feller proves the central limit theorem for the renewal counting process.
  • 1952. Anscombe proves that a central limit theorem survives replacing the number of summands by a random index mtm_tmt​ with mt/ψ(t)→1m_t/\psi(t)\to 1mt​/ψ(t)→1 in probability, without independence between the index and the summands (Anscombe, Proc. Camb. Phil. Soc. 48, 1952).
  • 1955. Smith extends Anscombe's theorem to random vectors and deduces the univariate (Theorem 9, Corollary 9·1) and multivariate (Theorem 10) central limit theorems for cumulative processes (Smith 1955).

Setting

On a probability space (Ω,P)(\Omega, P)(Ω,P), let t1,t2,…t_1, t_2, \dotst1​,t2​,… be independent, identically distributed, non-negative random variables with P{t1=0}<1P\{t_1 = 0\} < 1P{t1​=0}<1 (a renewal process), and t0=0t_0 = 0t0​=0. The regeneration epochs are Tk=t0+t1+⋯+tkT_k = t_0 + t_1 + \dots + t_kTk​=t0​+t1​+⋯+tk​ (k≥0k \ge 0k≥0), and ntn_tnt​ is the number of epochs in [0,t][0,t][0,t] (in Smith's words, the greatest kkk with Tk−1≤tT_{k-1} \le tTk−1​≤t, where T−1=0T_{-1} = 0T−1​=0). Write μr=Et1r\mu_r = E t_1^rμr​=Et1r​.

A real process wtw_twt​ with w0=0w_0 = 0w0​=0 is a cumulative process if (C1) its cycle increments yn=Δnwt=wTn−wTn−1y_n = \Delta_n w_t = w_{T_n} - w_{T_{n-1}}yn​=Δn​wt​=wTn​​−wTn−1​​, n≥1n \ge 1n≥1, are i.i.d., and (C2) with probability one its paths have bounded variation on every finite interval. The variation process w~t=∫0t∣dwt∣\tilde w_t = \int_0^t |\mathrm d w_t|w~t​=∫0t​∣dwt​∣ has increments y~n=Δnw~t\tilde y_n = \Delta_n \tilde w_ty~​n​=Δn​w~t​. Moments are written κr=Eynr\kappa_r = E y_n^rκr​=Eynr​ and κ~r=Ey~n r\tilde\kappa_r = E \tilde y_n^{\,r}κ~r​=Ey~​nr​.

MMM cumulative processes wt(1),…,wt(M)w^{(1)}_t, \dots, w^{(M)}_twt(1)​,…,wt(M)​ are based on the same sequence of regeneration points when the cycle vectors (tn,yn(1),…,yn(M),y~n(1),…,y~n(M))(t_n, y^{(1)}_n, \dots, y^{(M)}_n, \tilde y^{(1)}_n, \dots, \tilde y^{(M)}_n)(tn​,yn(1)​,…,yn(M)​,y~​n(1)​,…,y~​n(M)​) are i.i.d. in nnn. Put κ1(i)=Ey1(i)\kappa^{(i)}_1 = E y^{(i)}_1κ1(i)​=Ey1(i)​. The covariance matrices are

akl=cov⁡(y1(k),y1(l)),bkl=cov⁡(y1(k)−κ1(k)μ1t1,  y1(l)−κ1(l)μ1t1).a_{kl} = \operatorname{cov}(y^{(k)}_1, y^{(l)}_1), \qquad b_{kl} = \operatorname{cov}\Big(y^{(k)}_1 - \tfrac{\kappa^{(k)}_1}{\mu_1} t_1,\; y^{(l)}_1 - \tfrac{\kappa^{(l)}_1}{\mu_1} t_1\Big).akl​=cov(y1(k)​,y1(l)​),bkl​=cov(y1(k)​−μ1​κ1(k)​​t1​,y1(l)​−μ1​κ1(l)​​t1​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 10

If μ1<∞\mu_1 < \inftyμ1​<∞ and E(y~1(i))2<∞E(\tilde y^{(i)}_1)^2 < \inftyE(y~​1(i)​)2<∞ for every iii, then as t→∞t \to \inftyt→∞

(wt(i)−κ1(i)nt(t/μ1)1/2)i=1M→ d N(0,a),\left(\frac{w^{(i)}_t - \kappa^{(i)}_1 n_t}{(t/\mu_1)^{1/2}}\right)_{i=1}^M \xrightarrow{\ d\ } \mathcal N(0, a),((t/μ1​)1/2wt(i)​−κ1(i)​nt​​)i=1M​ d ​N(0,a),

and if in addition μ2<∞\mu_2 < \inftyμ2​<∞,

(wt(i)−(κ1(i)/μ1) t(t/μ1)1/2)i=1M→ d N(0,b).\left(\frac{w^{(i)}_t - (\kappa^{(i)}_1/\mu_1)\,t}{(t/\mu_1)^{1/2}}\right)_{i=1}^M \xrightarrow{\ d\ } \mathcal N(0, b).((t/μ1​)1/2wt(i)​−(κ1(i)​/μ1​)t​)i=1M​ d ​N(0,b).

Milestones

  • The renewal strong law nt/t→1/μ1n_t/t \to 1/\mu_1nt​/t→1/μ1​ almost surely (§5·3).
  • Lemma 8: if μ1<∞\mu_1 < \inftyμ1​<∞ and κ~p<∞\tilde\kappa_p < \inftyκ~p​<∞, then (wt+Zt−wt)/t1/p→0(w_{t+Z_t} - w_t)/t^{1/p} \to 0(wt+Zt​​−wt​)/t1/p→0 almost surely, where Zt=∑1nt+1ti−tZ_t = \sum_1^{n_t+1} t_i - tZt​=∑1nt​+1​ti​−t.
  • Theorem B (Anscombe): P{∑1mtyi/(σψ(t)1/2)≤α}→Φ(α)P\{\sum_1^{m_t} y_i/(\sigma\psi(t)^{1/2}) \le \alpha\} \to \Phi(\alpha)P{∑1mt​​yi​/(σψ(t)1/2)≤α}→Φ(α) for i.i.d. centred yiy_iyi​ with variance σ2>0\sigma^2 > 0σ2>0 and mt/ψ(t)→1m_t/\psi(t) \to 1mt​/ψ(t)→1 in probability.
  • Its MMM-dimensional form (§5·4): ψ(t)−1/2∑1mtyj→dN(0,a)\psi(t)^{-1/2}\sum_1^{m_t} \mathbf y_j \xrightarrow{d} \mathcal N(0, a)ψ(t)−1/2∑1mt​​yj​d​N(0,a) for i.i.d. centred random vectors.
  • Theorem 9: if Ey1=0E y_1 = 0Ey1​=0 and var⁡y1=σ2>0\operatorname{var} y_1 = \sigma^2 > 0vary1​=σ2>0, then P{wt/(σ(t/μ1)1/2)≤α}→Φ(α)P\{w_t/(\sigma(t/\mu_1)^{1/2}) \le \alpha\} \to \Phi(\alpha)P{wt​/(σ(t/μ1​)1/2)≤α}→Φ(α).
  • Corollary 9·1: the univariate forms of both assertions of the goal, with normalisations σ=(κ2−κ12)1/2\sigma = (\kappa_2 - \kappa_1^2)^{1/2}σ=(κ2​−κ12​)1/2 and γ=var⁡(y1−(κ1/μ1)t1)\gamma = \operatorname{var}(y_1 - (\kappa_1/\mu_1)t_1)γ=var(y1​−(κ1​/μ1​)t1​).

Significance

Theorem 10 is the multivariate central limit theorem for regenerative processes. Its second assertion with M=2M = 2M=2 and the delta method gives the asymptotic normality of ratio estimators wt(1)/wt(2)w^{(1)}_t / w^{(2)}_twt(1)​/wt(2)​, the basis of the regenerative method of simulation output analysis. With wt=ntw_t = n_twt​=nt​, Corollary 9·1 recovers Feller's central limit theorem for renewal processes, which Smith points out (p. 9). The first assertion, with the random centring κ1nt\kappa_1 n_tκ1​nt​, needs only μ1<∞\mu_1 < \inftyμ1​<∞, which matters for heavy-tailed cycle lengths.

The results are classical and proved, and none of them is formalized. Mathlib has the central limit theorem for i.i.d. real sums with a deterministic number of terms and multivariate Gaussian laws, but no random-index central limit theorem, no renewal counting process and no regenerative process. A formal development would supply Anscombe's theorem (useful well beyond renewal theory, for sequential analysis and random sums), the renewal strong law and a reusable model of cumulative processes.

Difficulty

The obvious argument writes wtw_twt​ as the sum of the first ntn_tnt​ cycle increments plus a remainder and applies the classical central limit theorem. This fails at two points. First, the number of summands ntn_tnt​ is random and depends on the summands themselves (cycle lengths and rewards are typically dependent), so the classical theorem with a deterministic index does not apply and conditioning on ntn_tnt​ destroys the i.i.d. structure. Anscombe's theorem is needed exactly for this; it requires control of the partial sums uniformly over a window of indices around t/μ1t/\mu_1t/μ1​, not at a single index. Second, the remainder over the incomplete cycle at time ttt must be shown negligible on the scale t\sqrt tt​ using only a second moment of the cycle variation; Lemma 8 does this almost surely. For the vector statement, the scalar theorem must be lifted to convergence in distribution in RM\mathbb R^MRM with a possibly degenerate covariance matrix, where the scalar theorem's hypothesis σ>0\sigma > 0σ>0 can fail along some directions.

Formalization scope

  • Time is real; every limit is along t→∞t \to \inftyt→∞ in R\mathbb RR. Processes are functions w:R→Ω→Rw : \mathbb R \to \Omega \to \mathbb Rw:R→Ω→R (or a family indexed by Fin M); cycle lengths are a sequence N→Ω→R\mathbb N \to \Omega \to \mathbb RN→Ω→R with t0=0t_0 = 0t0​=0.
  • ntn_tnt​ is a natural number, the number of epochs Tj≤tT_j \le tTj​≤t; on the null event where infinitely many epochs are ≤t\le t≤t it is 000. Finiteness is never assumed.
  • w~t\tilde w_tw~t​ is the total variation (eVariationOn) of the path on [0,t][0,t][0,t], set to 000 for all ttt on paths of infinite variation, as Smith allows.
  • Condition (C1) is read for the whole cycle vector (tn,yn,y~n)(t_n, y_n, \tilde y_n)(tn​,yn​,y~​n​). No independence between components is assumed. Assuming the cycle length independent of the rewards, or the components independent, would make aaa diagonal or force bbb into a special form; that trivialization is ruled out.
  • "Jointly normally distributed with covariance matrix aaa" is TendstoInDistribution to multivariateGaussian 0 a on EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin M). The matrices aaa and bbb are defined as covariance matrices, hence positive semidefinite, so the limit is a genuine (possibly degenerate) Gaussian law and not Mathlib's Dirac fallback for non-PSD input.
  • The scalar statements keep the paper's form: convergence of P{⋅≤α}P\{\cdot \le \alpha\}P{⋅≤α} to Φ(α)=\Phi(\alpha) =Φ(α)= cdf (gaussianReal 0 1) α for every real α\alphaα. The paper's implicit σ>0\sigma > 0σ>0 and γ>0\gamma > 0γ>0 are explicit hypotheses; without them the quotients are 000 in Lean and the statements would be false.
  • μ1<∞\mu_1 < \inftyμ1​<∞, μ2<∞\mu_2 < \inftyμ2​<∞ and Ey~2<∞E\tilde y^2 < \inftyEy~​2<∞ are Integrable hypotheses, never encoded through the value of an integral.

Contributions welcome: a proof of Anscombe's theorem from Mathlib's central limit theorem; the renewal strong law from strong_law_ae; measurability lemmas for ntn_tnt​ and w~t\tilde w_tw~t​; the Cramér–Wold step.

Selected references

  • W. L. Smith, Regenerative stochastic processes, Proc. R. Soc. Lond. A 232(1188):6–31, 1955. https://doi.org/10.1098/rspa.1955.0198
  • F. J. Anscombe, Large-sample theory of sequential estimation, Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc. 48, 600, 1952 (cited in Smith 1955, p. 31).
  • W. Feller, Fluctuation theory of recurrent events, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 67, 98, 1949 (cited in Smith 1955, p. 31).
  • J. L. Doob, Renewal theory from the point of view of the theory of probability, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 63, 422, 1948 (cited in Smith 1955, p. 31).
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

A 2-Approximation Algorithm for Stochastic Inventory Control Models with Lost Sales: The Dual-Balancing Policy Costs at Most Twice Any Nonanticipatory Policy under Independent DemandsResearch Paper

Motivation

Inventory systems in which unmet demand is lost, not backlogged, are the norm in retail: a customer who finds an empty shelf buys elsewhere. With a positive lead time LLL between ordering and delivery, the optimal policy for such a system depends on the entire pipeline of outstanding orders, so dynamic programming is intractable beyond small LLL. Optimal policies are not of base-stock type, and for decades no policy with a provable guarantee on its expected cost was known for this model.

Levi, Janakiraman and Nagarajan (Math. Oper. Res. 33(2), 2008) gave the first such guarantee. Their dual-balancing policy balances, in every period, the expected holding cost against the expected lost-sales penalty of the units ordered now, and it costs at most twice as much as an optimal policy.

Timeline.

  • 2007. Levi, Pál, Roundy and Shmoys (Math. Oper. Res. 32(2)) introduce marginal cost accounting and the dual-balancing policy for the backlogging model, with a worst-case guarantee of 2.
  • 2008. Levi, Janakiraman and Nagarajan extend the guarantee to lost sales (this mission). In their model the truncated inventory positions of the two policies can cross back and forth inside a lead time, which the backlogging argument never meets.
  • 2009. Huh, Janakiraman, Muckstadt and Rusmevichientong (Management Science, 2009) prove that order-up-to policies are asymptotically optimal in the lost-sales model as the penalty cost grows.
  • 2021 onward. Xin (Oper. Res., 2021; SSRN 7134538) analyses capped base-stock policies for i.i.d. lost-sales demand, culminating in a 2.33-approximation guarantee for that policy class, whose main theorem is proved on Prove2Me.

Page and display numbers in this mission refer to the authors' accepted manuscript (28 pages, pp. 1–28), not to the journal's pages 351–374.

Setting

Periods are t=1,…,Tt=1,\dots,Tt=1,…,T. An order Qs≥0Q_s\ge0Qs​≥0 placed in period sss arrives at the start of period s+Ls+Ls+L, where L≥1L\ge1L≥1 is an integer. Before the horizon there are x0≥0x_0\ge0x0​≥0 units on hand and pipeline orders Qj=qj≥0Q_j=q_j\ge0Qj​=qj​≥0 for 1−L≤j≤01-L\le j\le01−L≤j≤0. Demands D1,…,DT≥0D_1,\dots,D_T\ge0D1​,…,DT​≥0 have finite means. The information Fs\mathcal F_sFs​ available at the start of period sss contains D1,…,Ds−1D_1,\dots,D_{s-1}D1​,…,Ds−1​ and possibly more. A feasible policy chooses QsQ_sQs​ as an Fs\mathcal F_sFs​-measurable quantity.

The on-hand inventory ItI_tIt​ at the start of period ttt, after the arrival, satisfies I1=x0+Q1−LI_1=x_0+Q_{1-L}I1​=x0​+Q1−L​ and

It+1=(It−Dt)++Qt+1−L.I_{t+1}=(I_t-D_t)^+ + Q_{t+1-L}.It+1​=(It​−Dt​)++Qt+1−L​.

Demand (Dt−It)+(D_t-I_t)^+(Dt​−It​)+ is lost. Costs are a holding rate ht≥0h_t\ge0ht​≥0, a lost-sales penalty pt≥0p_t\ge0pt​≥0 and an ordering cost ct≥0c_t\ge0ct​≥0 per unit, where ptp_tpt​ and ctc_tct​ are non-increasing in ttt.

Marginal cost accounting. Under first-ordered-first-consumed bookkeeping, HsH_sHs​ is the ordering cost csQsc_sQ_scs​Qs​ plus the holding cost that the QsQ_sQs​ units incur until the end of the horizon, and Πs=ps+L(Ds+L−Is+L)+\Pi_s=p_{s+L}(D_{s+L}-I_{s+L})^+Πs​=ps+L​(Ds+L​−Is+L​)+ is the lost-sales penalty in the period in which they arrive. The cost of a policy PPP is

C(P)=∑s=1T−L(HsP+ΠsP).\mathcal C(P)=\sum_{s=1}^{T-L}\bigl(H^P_s+\Pi^P_s\bigr).C(P)=s=1∑T−L​(HsP​+ΠsP​).

It omits only costs that are the same for every policy.

The truncated inventory position of period sss with respect to t≤st\le st≤s is Yst=Is+∑j=s+1−LtQjY_{st}=I_s+\sum_{j=s+1-L}^{t}Q_jYst​=Is​+∑j=s+1−Lt​Qj​. For two policies BBB and PPP, the set TH\mathcal T_HTH​ holds the periods t≤T−Lt\le T-Lt≤T−L with YstB<YstPY^B_{st}<Y^P_{st}YstB​<YstP​ for every s∈[t,t+L]s\in[t,t+L]s∈[t,t+L], and TΠ\mathcal T_\PiTΠ​ holds the remaining periods t≤T−Lt\le T-Lt≤T−L.

A dual-balancing policy BBB orders, in each period t≤T−Lt\le T-Lt≤T−L, the amount that equalises the two conditional expectations

E[HtB∣Ft]=E[ΠtB∣Ft]=:Zt.E[H^B_t\mid\mathcal F_t]=E[\Pi^B_t\mid\mathcal F_t]=:Z_t.E[HtB​∣Ft​]=E[ΠtB​∣Ft​]=:Zt​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1

If demands are independent, then for every feasible policy PPP

E[C(B)]≤2 E[C(P)].E[\mathcal C(B)]\le 2\,E[\mathcal C(P)].E[C(B)]≤2E[C(P)].

Comparing with every feasible PPP, rather than with an optimal policy, gives the guarantee without assuming that an optimum is attained.

Milestones, in attack order

  1. (11) For t≤s≤t+Lt\le s\le t+Lt≤s≤t+L, It+L=Yst−D[s,t+L)+∑r=st+L−1(Dr−Ir)+I_{t+L}=Y_{st}-D_{[s,t+L)}+\sum_{r=s}^{t+L-1}(D_r-I_r)^+It+L​=Yst​−D[s,t+L)​+∑r=st+L−1​(Dr​−Ir​)+.
  2. Lemma 3.2. On every sample path, ∑t∈THHtB≤∑tHtP\sum_{t\in\mathcal T_H}H^B_t\le\sum_{t}H^P_t∑t∈TH​​HtB​≤∑t​HtP​.
  3. Lemma 3.3. On every sample path, ∑t∈TΠΠtB≤∑tΠtP\sum_{t\in\mathcal T_\Pi}\Pi^B_t\le\sum_{t}\Pi^P_t∑t∈TΠ​​ΠtB​≤∑t​ΠtP​.
  4. (14) E[C(P)]≥E[∑t(1t∈THHtB+1t∈TΠΠtB)]E[\mathcal C(P)]\ge E\bigl[\sum_t(\mathbb 1_{t\in\mathcal T_H}H^B_t+\mathbb 1_{t\in\mathcal T_\Pi}\Pi^B_t)\bigr]E[C(P)]≥E[∑t​(1t∈TH​​HtB​+1t∈TΠ​​ΠtB​)].
  5. Lemma 3.1. E[C(B)]=2∑t=1T−LE[Zt]E[\mathcal C(B)]=2\sum_{t=1}^{T-L}E[Z_t]E[C(B)]=2∑t=1T−L​E[Zt​].
  6. Lemma 3.4. This lemma characterises the crossing events Ast=[YstB<YstP]∩[Ys+1,tB≥Ys+1,tP]A_{st}=[Y^B_{st}<Y^P_{st}]\cap[Y^B_{s+1,t}\ge Y^P_{s+1,t}]Ast​=[YstB​<YstP​]∩[Ys+1,tB​≥Ys+1,tP​].
  7. Lemmas 3.5 and 3.6. Under independence, conditioning on t∈THt\in\mathcal T_Ht∈TH​ (respectively t∈TΠt\in\mathcal T_\Pit∈TΠ​) does not lower the conditional expected holding (respectively lost-sales) cost of BBB below ZtZ_tZt​.

Significance

The result. The theorem gives a constant-factor guarantee for a lost-sales system with lead times, for arbitrary independent and non-identical demand distributions. The policy is computed online, one period at a time, from one-dimensional conditional expectations, which an optimal policy cannot be. The guarantee holds with time-dependent holding costs and with non-increasing ordering and penalty costs. Section 5 of the paper extends it to correlated demand structures, which are out of this mission's scope.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved on paper and, to our knowledge, has no machine-checked proof. The mission produces the lost-sales dynamics, the truncated inventory position, marginal cost accounting and the sample-path amortization lemmas as reusable Lean objects. It also produces a formal treatment of the conditional-expectation step under independence, which the backlogging analysis does not need. The sibling mission on the backlogging model, LeviBalancing.DualBalancing, provides the shared instance and policy definitions that are reused here.

Difficulty

In the backlogging model, t∈THt\in\mathcal T_Ht∈TH​ is decided by information available at time ttt, so the cost comparison can be made period by period after conditioning on Ft\mathcal F_tFt​. With lost sales this fails: the truncated positions of BBB and of the benchmark can cross from below to above and back inside the window [t,t+L][t,t+L][t,t+L]. Whether t∈THt\in\mathcal T_Ht∈TH​ is therefore not known at time ttt, and conditioning on that event moves the conditional expectations of HtBH^B_tHtB​ and ΠtB\Pi^B_tΠtB​ away from ZtZ_tZt​. A newcomer's first idea, to reuse the backlogging argument with Ft\mathcal F_tFt​-measurable indicators, does not apply. The lost-sales penalty also cannot be charged period by period: Lemma 3.3 is a global amortization over intervals. The non-increasing penalties are what make that amortization possible when ptp_tpt​ varies.

Formalization scope

  • Periods are integers. The pipeline QjQ_jQj​, j≤0j\le0j≤0, is shared by every policy through the published order. Instance, cumDemand, order, DemandProcess and IsFeasiblePolicy are reused from LeviBalancing.DualBalancing. The new layer is one definition file, LostSalesBalancing.DualBalancing.Model.
  • Orders and demands are real (fractional orders, as in §3.1). The randomized integral-order variant is out of scope.
  • Cost generality is that of Theorem 3.1. Rates are only required to be ≥0\ge0≥0, which strengthens the paper's stationary h,p>0h,p>0h,p>0. Accordingly (11) is stated in lost units, and Lemma 3.4(iv) is stated as positive lost demand, not positive penalty.
  • Independence. The paper assumes independent demands but lets Fs\mathcal F_sFs​ hold more than past demands. The formalization requires Ft\mathcal F_tFt​ to be independent of (Dt,…,DT)(D_t,\dots,D_T)(Dt​,…,DT​) for every ttt, which for the natural filtration is exactly mutual independence. Finite means are integrability.
  • "OPT" becomes every feasible policy in Theorem 3.1, (14) and Lemmas 3.5–3.6. In the sample-path statements, (11) and Lemmas 3.2–3.4, it becomes every nonnegative order sequence.
  • Conditional events. Pr⁡(A∣F) E[X∣F,A]\Pr(A\mid\mathcal F)\,E[X\mid\mathcal F,A]Pr(A∣F)E[X∣F,A] is written E[1AX∣F]E[\mathbb 1_AX\mid\mathcal F]E[1A​X∣F], which never divides by a zero probability.
  • Expected costs are lower Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. The dual-balancing predicate requires HtBH^B_tHtB​ and ΠtB\Pi^B_tΠtB​ to be integrable, so no conditional expectation takes Mathlib's default value 000.
  • Lemma 3.4(iii) is stated with Ds≥IsP−ΔQsD_s\ge I^P_s-\Delta Q_sDs​≥IsP​−ΔQs​. The printed strict inequality excludes a tie at which the event AstA_{st}Ast​ does occur.
  • A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the dual-balancing predicate and the independence hypothesis are jointly satisfiable with T>LT>LT>L (checked locally on an explicit instance), and no statement is meaningful only when T≤LT\le LT≤L, the case in which every cost is zero.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the sample-path lemmas, which need only finite sums and the recursion; the conditional-expectation lemmas, which need a Harris-type argument for independent coordinates; and the existence of a measurable balancing order, which this mission does not pose.

Selected references

  • R. Levi, G. Janakiraman, M. Nagarajan, A 2-Approximation Algorithm for Stochastic Inventory Control Models with Lost Sales, Mathematics of Operations Research 33(2), 351–374, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1070.0285
  • R. Levi, M. Pál, R. O. Roundy, D. B. Shmoys, Approximation Algorithms for Stochastic Inventory Control Models, Mathematics of Operations Research 32(2), 284–302, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1060.0205
  • W. T. Huh, G. Janakiraman, J. A. Muckstadt, P. Rusmevichientong, Asymptotic Optimality of Order-Up-To Policies in Lost Sales Inventory Systems, Management Science, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1080.0945
  • L. Xin, capped base-stock policies in lost-sales inventory models, Operations Research, 2021. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2020.2019
  • L. Xin, Capped Base-Stock Policies: A 2.33-Approximation, SSRN working paper 7134538, 2026. https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=7134538
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
Probability·Captain: mikedeng1

The Two-Parameter Poisson–Dirichlet Distribution Derived from a Stable Subordinator 2: Wendel's Formula E[exp(−λ/V_n)] = e^{−λ} φ_α(λ)^{n−1} ψ_α(λ)^{−n} for PD(α, 0)Research Paper

Motivation

A random discrete distribution is a random sequence of nonnegative numbers summing to 111. Ranked in decreasing order, V1≥V2≥⋯V_1\ge V_2\ge\cdotsV1​≥V2​≥⋯, such sequences model the relative sizes of species in a population, of cycles of a random permutation, of excursion intervals of a Markov process, and of atoms of random measures used as priors in Bayesian nonparametrics. The two-parameter Poisson–Dirichlet family PD(α,θ)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,\theta)PD(α,θ) is the main family of such laws; Pitman and Yor (Ann. Probab. 1997) derived its properties from a stable subordinator.

The special case PD(α,0)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,0)PD(α,0), 0<α<10<\alpha<10<α<1, describes the ranked lengths of the excursion intervals of a stable(α\alphaα) subordinator's range, or of a Bessel process away from zero, up to time 111. A basic question about it is the law of a single ranked term VnV_nVn​. The answer goes through the Laplace transform of 1/Vn1/V_n1/Vn​:

  • Darling (1952) found the characteristic function of the limit of Sn/X(n,1)S_n/X_{(n,1)}Sn​/X(n,1)​ (sum over maximum of i.i.d. heavy-tailed variables), which is that of 1/V11/V_11/V1​.
  • Lamperti (1961) derived the corresponding Laplace transform from renewal theory, for n=1n=1n=1.
  • Wendel (1964) obtained the transform for every n≥2n\ge2n≥2 from the range of a stable subordinator.
  • Pitman and Yor (1997), Proposition 11, explained the formula through an exact decomposition of 1/Vn1/V_n1/Vn​ into independent, infinitely divisible pieces.

Setting

Fix 0<α<10<\alpha<10<α<1. Let Y~1,Y~2,…\tilde Y_1,\tilde Y_2,\dotsY~1​,Y~2​,… be independent, with Y~n\tilde Y_nY~n​ having the beta distribution beta(1−α,nα)\mathrm{beta}(1-\alpha,n\alpha)beta(1−α,nα) on (0,1)(0,1)(0,1). Form the stick-breaking sequence V~1=Y~1\tilde V_1=\tilde Y_1V~1​=Y~1​ and V~n=(1−Y~1)⋯(1−Y~n−1)Y~n\tilde V_n=(1-\tilde Y_1)\cdots(1-\tilde Y_{n-1})\tilde Y_nV~n​=(1−Y~1​)⋯(1−Y~n−1​)Y~n​ for n≥2n\ge2n≥2, and let V1≥V2≥⋯V_1\ge V_2\ge\cdotsV1​≥V2​≥⋯ be its terms in decreasing order. The law of (Vn)(V_n)(Vn​) is PD(α,0)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,0)PD(α,0) (Definition 1 of the paper, with θ=0\theta=0θ=0).

From (Vn)(V_n)(Vn​) define Rn=Vn+1/VnR_n=V_{n+1}/V_nRn​=Vn+1​/Vn​, A0=0A_0=0A0​=0 and, for n≥1n\ge1n≥1,

An=V1+⋯+VnVn+1,Σn=Vn+1+Vn+2+⋯Vn.A_n=\frac{V_1+\cdots+V_n}{V_{n+1}},\qquad \Sigma_n=\frac{V_{n+1}+V_{n+2}+\cdots}{V_n}.An​=Vn+1​V1​+⋯+Vn​​,Σn​=Vn​Vn+1​+Vn+2​+⋯​.

For λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0 the paper's two Laplace exponents are

ϕα(λ)=α∫1∞e−λxx−α−1 dx,ψα(λ)=1+α∫01(1−e−λx)x−α−1 dx,\phi_\alpha(\lambda)=\alpha\int_1^\infty e^{-\lambda x}x^{-\alpha-1}\,dx,\qquad \psi_\alpha(\lambda)=1+\alpha\int_0^1\left(1-e^{-\lambda x}\right)x^{-\alpha-1}\,dx,ϕα​(λ)=α∫1∞​e−λxx−α−1dx,ψα​(λ)=1+α∫01​(1−e−λx)x−α−1dx,

and ψα(λ)=Γ(1−α)λα+ϕα(λ)\psi_\alpha(\lambda)=\Gamma(1-\alpha)\lambda^\alpha+\phi_\alpha(\lambda)ψα​(λ)=Γ(1−α)λα+ϕα​(λ).

The proof represents (Vn)(V_n)(Vn​) through a Poisson random measure (PRM) Λα\Lambda_\alphaΛα​ on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞) with Λα(x,∞)=Cx−α\Lambda_\alpha(x,\infty)=Cx^{-\alpha}Λα​(x,∞)=Cx−α: its ranked points Δ1>Δ2>⋯\Delta_1>\Delta_2>\cdotsΔ1​>Δ2​>⋯ satisfy Xn:=CΔn−α=ε1+⋯+εnX_n:=C\Delta_n^{-\alpha}=\varepsilon_1+\cdots+\varepsilon_nXn​:=CΔn−α​=ε1​+⋯+εn​ with εi\varepsilon_iεi​ i.i.d. standard exponential, and Vn=Δn/∑mΔmV_n=\Delta_n/\sum_m\Delta_mVn​=Δn​/∑m​Δm​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 11

For every n≥1n\ge1n≥1,

1Vn=1+An−1+Σna.s.,\frac1{V_n}=1+A_{n-1}+\Sigma_n\quad\text{a.s.},Vn​1​=1+An−1​+Σn​a.s.,

where (i) An−1A_{n-1}An−1​ is distributed as the sum of n−1n-1n−1 independent copies of A1A_1A1​, with E[e−λAn−1]=ϕα(λ)n−1E[e^{-\lambda A_{n-1}}]=\phi_\alpha(\lambda)^{n-1}E[e−λAn−1​]=ϕα​(λ)n−1; (ii) Σn\Sigma_nΣn​ is distributed as the sum of nnn independent copies of Σ1\Sigma_1Σ1​, with E[e−λΣn]=ψα(λ)−nE[e^{-\lambda\Sigma_n}]=\psi_\alpha(\lambda)^{-n}E[e−λΣn​]=ψα​(λ)−n; (iii) An−1A_{n-1}An−1​ and Σn\Sigma_nΣn​ are independent.

Milestones

  • Proposition 10 (iii): Xn=LVn−αX_n=LV_n^{-\alpha}Xn​=LVn−α​, with L=lim⁡nVnαL=\lim nV_n^\alphaL=limnVnα​, are the arrival times of a unit Poisson process, and Vn=Xn−1/α/∑mXm−1/αV_n=X_n^{-1/\alpha}/\sum_mX_m^{-1/\alpha}Vn​=Xn−1/α​/∑m​Xm−1/α​.
  • Lemma 24 (i)–(ii): CΔn−αC\Delta_n^{-\alpha}CΔn−α​ is gamma(n)(n)(n); the ratios Δi/Δn\Delta_i/\Delta_nΔi​/Δn​, i<ni<ni<n, are the order statistics of n−1n-1n−1 i.i.d. variables of density αx−α−1\alpha x^{-\alpha-1}αx−α−1 on (1,∞)(1,\infty)(1,∞), independent of (Δn,Δn+1,… )(\Delta_n,\Delta_{n+1},\dots)(Δn​,Δn+1​,…).
  • (66): P(A1∈dx)=αx−α−1dx 1(x>1)P(A_1\in dx)=\alpha x^{-\alpha-1}dx\,1(x>1)P(A1​∈dx)=αx−α−1dx1(x>1).
  • (67): E[e−λΣn∣Δ1,…,Δn]=exp⁡(−Δn−α∫01(1−e−λu)Λα(du))E[e^{-\lambda\Sigma_n}\mid\Delta_1,\dots,\Delta_n]=\exp\left(-\Delta_n^{-\alpha}\int_0^1(1-e^{-\lambda u})\Lambda_\alpha(du)\right)E[e−λΣn​∣Δ1​,…,Δn​]=exp(−Δn−α​∫01​(1−e−λu)Λα​(du)).
  • Proposition 8: the RnR_nRn​ are independent and Rn∼beta(nα,1)R_n\sim\mathrm{beta}(n\alpha,1)Rn​∼beta(nα,1).
  • (34): ψα(λ)=Γ(1−α)λα+ϕα(λ)\psi_\alpha(\lambda)=\Gamma(1-\alpha)\lambda^\alpha+\phi_\alpha(\lambda)ψα​(λ)=Γ(1−α)λα+ϕα​(λ).

Consequence: Corollary 12 (Wendel's formula)

E[exp⁡(−λ/Vn)]=e−λ ϕα(λ)n−1 ψα(λ)−n(λ≥0).E\left[\exp(-\lambda/V_n)\right]=e^{-\lambda}\,\phi_\alpha(\lambda)^{n-1}\,\psi_\alpha(\lambda)^{-n}\qquad(\lambda\ge0).E[exp(−λ/Vn​)]=e−λϕα​(λ)n−1ψα​(λ)−n(λ≥0).

Significance

The result. Proposition 11 turns 1/Vn1/V_n1/Vn​ into the sum of the constant 111 and two independent variables, each a sum of i.i.d. pieces with explicit Laplace exponents. Wendel's formula (38) is a one-line consequence, and since 1/Vn>01/V_n>01/Vn​>0 it determines the law of VnV_nVn​. The same decomposition is reused later in the paper: Proposition 26 combines (35) and (67) into a conditional form of (38) given R1,…,Rn−1R_1,\dots,R_{n-1}R1​,…,Rn−1​ and XnX_nXn​, which the paper uses in later calculations.

Formalizing it. All results here are proved in the paper; none is machine-checked. A formal proof needs the Poisson representation of PD(α,0)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,0)PD(α,0) (Proposition 10, itself resting on Perman–Pitman–Yor 1992), elementary but non-trivial facts about Poisson arrival times (gamma laws, order statistics, independence of ratios), and a conditional Laplace functional of a Poisson process. Each milestone is a self-contained target; Lemma 24 and (67) are statements about Poisson arrival times only and do not mention Poisson–Dirichlet laws.

Difficulty

The identity 1/Vn=1+An−1+Σn1/V_n=1+A_{n-1}+\Sigma_n1/Vn​=1+An−1​+Σn​ is algebra once ∑mVm=1\sum_mV_m=1∑m​Vm​=1. The content is in the laws. On the stick-breaking side, the VnV_nVn​ are the order statistics of a dependent sequence, and neither An−1A_{n-1}An−1​ nor Σn\Sigma_nΣn​ has an evident structure: the ranking destroys the independence of the Y~n\tilde Y_nY~n​. The proof passes to the Poisson side, where the ranked points of a PRM have tractable conditional laws, and then must transport the conclusions back through a representation that holds only in distribution. Part (ii) requires a conditional computation (67) given nnn points, followed by integration against a gamma law; part (iii) requires the mutual independence of all the ratios RnR_nRn​, an infinite family.

Formalization scope

The Lean development lives in namespace PoissonDirichlet.Wendel; its definitions file contains every object above.

  • Sequences are 0-based: V ω k is Vk+1V_{k+1}Vk+1​, Aseq (V ω) k is AkA_kAk​, Sigseq (V ω) k is Σk+1\Sigma_{k+1}Σk+1​, ratio (V ω) k is Rk+1R_{k+1}Rk+1​. Exponents n−1n-1n−1 and nnn become k and k + 1.
  • PD(α,0)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,0)PD(α,0) is Definition 1 with θ=0\theta=0θ=0. The law of (Y~n)(\tilde Y_n)(Y~n​) is a probability measure on sequences with independent coordinates of the stated beta laws. "VVV has law PD(α,0)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,0)PD(α,0)" means P(V∈s)P(V\in s)P(V∈s) equals the mass of the preimage of sss under the ranked stick-breaking map, for every measurable sss. Ranked values are defined with the extended cardinal Set.encard.
  • AnA_nAn​ and Σn\Sigma_nΣn​ are the VVV-quotients of (31)–(32), not the RRR-expressions; ϕα,ψα\phi_\alpha,\psi_\alphaϕα​,ψα​ are the integrals (33)–(34), not Laplace transforms.
  • "Distributed as the sum of mmm independent copies of XXX" is equality with the mmm-fold convolution power of the law of XXX, the Dirac mass at 000 when m=0m=0m=0.
  • Every statement carries 0<α<10<\alpha<10<α<1 except Lemma 24, which holds for all α>0\alpha>0α>0.
  • The local time LLL of (24) is a random variable with the hypothesis that nVnα→LnV_n^\alpha\to LnVnα​→L almost surely; this is its definition.
  • The PRM is used only through its ranked points, encoded by arrival times: Δn=(C/Xn)1/α\Delta_n=(C/X_n)^{1/\alpha}Δn​=(C/Xn​)1/α with Xn=ε1+⋯+εnX_n=\varepsilon_1+\cdots+\varepsilon_nXn​=ε1​+⋯+εn​, εi\varepsilon_iεi​ i.i.d. standard exponential. This is the paper's own (27)–(28). In (67) the εi\varepsilon_iεi​ are also assumed measurable, so that the conditioning σ\sigmaσ-algebra is a sub-σ\sigmaσ-algebra.
  • Lemma 24 (iii) is not stated; its only use is (67), which is stated. Corollary 12 states only the formula (38).

The formalization does not use Measure.map of a possibly non-measurable map in any definition: every equality of laws for such maps is stated through preimages. It does not use Set.ncard or limUnder. Every Laplace transform is the integral of a function with values in (0,1](0,1](0,1], and both exponent integrals are integrable under the stated parameter range, so no statement holds because an integral takes the junk value 000.

Useful infrastructure beyond this mission: arrival times of a Poisson process and their gamma and order-statistic laws; convolution powers of measures on R\mathbb RR; the Laplace functional of a Poisson random measure. Contributions of any of these as standalone lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Pitman and M. Yor, The two-parameter Poisson–Dirichlet distribution derived from a stable subordinator, Ann. Probab. 25(2):855–900, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1024404422
  • M. Perman, J. Pitman and M. Yor, Size-biased sampling of Poisson point processes and excursions, Probab. Theory Related Fields 92:21–39, 1992.
  • J. G. Wendel, Zero-free intervals of semi-stable Markov processes, Math. Scand. 14:21–34, 1964.
  • J. Lamperti, A contribution to renewal theory, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 12:724–731, 1961.
  • D. A. Darling, The influence of the maximum term in the addition of independent random variables, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 73:95–107, 1952.
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Probability·Captain: mikedeng1

The Two-Parameter Poisson–Dirichlet Distribution Derived from a Stable Subordinator 1: Under PD(α, 0) the Ratios V_{n+1}/V_n Are Independent with beta(nα, 1) LawsResearch Paper

Motivation

Random partitions describe a population split into species, clusters, or types. If the species frequencies are put in decreasing order, the first frequency is the largest species, the second is the next largest, and so on. The Poisson–Dirichlet distribution gives a family of laws for these ranked frequencies. Its two parameters connect different random partition models, while the one-parameter case PD(α,0)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,0)PD(α,0) has a particularly direct description through ratios of neighboring frequencies. Pitman and Yor state that these ratios are independent and have explicit beta distributions, even though the ranked frequencies themselves have a complicated joint law (Pitman and Yor 1997, Proposition 8).

The result matters when a statistic of a random partition depends on the relative sizes of its largest components. A ratio Vn+1/VnV_{n+1}/V_nVn+1​/Vn​ describes the gap between two successive ranked species without requiring their total scale. An independent sequence of such ratios also gives a way to generate the entire ranked sequence. The paper records this converse immediately after Proposition 8 as Corollary 9 (Pitman and Yor 1997, p. 862).

Setting

Fix 0<α<10<\alpha<10<α<1. A beta(a,b)(a,b)(a,b) distribution is a probability distribution on (0,1)(0,1)(0,1) with density proportional to xa−1(1−x)b−1x^{a-1}(1-x)^{b-1}xa−1(1−x)b−1. Let Y~n\widetilde Y_nYn​, for n=1,2,…n=1,2,\ldotsn=1,2,…, be independent beta(1−α,nα)(1-\alpha,n\alpha)(1−α,nα) random variables. They break an initial mass of one into successive stick lengths

V~n=Y~n∏i=1n−1(1−Y~i).\widetilde V_n=\widetilde Y_n\prod_{i=1}^{n-1}(1-\widetilde Y_i).Vn​=Yn​i=1∏n−1​(1−Yi​).

Sort these lengths in decreasing order, counting repeated values separately, and write the resulting sequence as V1≥V2≥⋯V_1\geq V_2\geq\cdotsV1​≥V2​≥⋯. The law of this ranked sequence is PD(α,0)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,0)PD(α,0), the θ=0\theta=0θ=0 case of Definition 1 in the paper (Pitman and Yor 1997, p. 857). The paper's broader definition takes 0≤α<10\leq\alpha<10≤α<1 and θ>−α\theta>-\alphaθ>−α, with beta(1−α,θ+nα)(1-\alpha,\theta+n\alpha)(1−α,θ+nα) stick factors. This mission retains that general definition so later statements use the same object, but its theorems concern θ=0\theta=0θ=0 and 0<α<10<\alpha<10<α<1.

Define the adjacent ranked ratio Rn=Vn+1/VnR_n=V_{n+1}/V_nRn​=Vn+1​/Vn​. The source proves that the ranked masses are strictly positive almost surely under the Poisson–Dirichlet law, so these ratios have their ordinary probabilistic meaning (Pitman and Yor 1997, Proposition 2). The random sequence R1,R2,…R_1,R_2,\ldotsR1​,R2​,… is different from the independent stick factors Y~n\widetilde Y_nYn​: the latter are defined before ranking, whereas each RnR_nRn​ compares consecutive masses after ranking.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 8

For a sequence (Vn)(V_n)(Vn​) with PD(α,0)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,0)PD(α,0) law, the variables Rn=Vn+1/VnR_n=V_{n+1}/V_nRn​=Vn+1​/Vn​ are mutually independent, and each has beta(nα,1)(n\alpha,1)(nα,1) distribution. The equivalent cumulative distribution formula is part of the target:

P(Rn≤r)=rnα(n≥1, 0≤r≤1).\mathbb P(R_n\leq r)=r^{n\alpha}\qquad(n\geq1,\ 0\leq r\leq1).P(Rn​≤r)=rnα(n≥1, 0≤r≤1).

The exponent and beta parameter use the paper's one-based nnn. Independence concerns the full infinite family, rather than only pairs of ratios (Pitman and Yor 1997, Proposition 8, equations (21)–(22)).

Supporting targets

Proposition 10(i) establishes a local-time limit L=lim⁡n→∞nVnαL=\lim_{n\to\infty}nV_n^\alphaL=limn→∞​nVnα​, both almost surely and in LpL^pLp for every real p≥1p\geq1p≥1. Proposition 10(iii) identifies the transformed sequence Xn=LVn−αX_n=LV_n^{-\alpha}Xn​=LVn−α​ with the arrival times of a unit-rate Poisson process: it has the joint law of partial sums of independent standard exponential variables. The proposition also recovers VnV_nVn​ by normalizing Xn−1/αX_n^{-1/\alpha}Xn−1/α​. Finally, the proof of Proposition 8 states that consecutive Poisson arrival ratios Xn/Xn+1X_n/X_{n+1}Xn​/Xn+1​ are independent beta(n,1)(n,1)(n,1) variables (Pitman and Yor 1997, pp. 862, 870). These are the three curated milestones. Corollary 9 is included as a companion: independent beta(nα,1)(n\alpha,1)(nα,1) ratios, inserted into the paper's convergent series and finite products, produce a PD(α,0)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,0)PD(α,0) sequence.

Significance

Proposition 8 converts a statement about the order statistics of infinitely many dependent masses into an explicit product law for their ratios. It gives direct distributional information about every neighboring pair in a Poisson–Dirichlet partition. Together with Corollary 9, it specifies both how to read the ratios from a ranked partition and how to reconstruct a ranked partition from ratios. The formulas can therefore serve as a common interface for calculations and simulation involving PD(α,0)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,0)PD(α,0) (Pitman and Yor 1997, Propositions 8–10).

The mathematical results in this mission were proved in the 1997 paper; the open work here is a machine-checked Lean proof of their stated forms. Such a development would add reusable facts about infinite beta sequences, ranked stick lengths, Poisson arrival times, and their joint laws. The independent-arrival-ratio statement is useful beyond the Poisson–Dirichlet setting because its assumptions only concern standard exponential increments.

Difficulty

The stick factors are independent before their lengths are sorted, but sorting is a global operation: a particular ranked mass may have come from any stick index. Their independence therefore does not directly give independence of adjacent ranked ratios. Even a marginal calculation for one ratio does not establish mutual independence of the entire sequence. The local-time and arrival-time assertions in Proposition 10 encode the extra structure needed to state the joint result. The real technical burden is to relate the distribution obtained from ranked stick lengths to the distribution of an infinite Poisson arrival sequence, while retaining the almost-sure limits and normalization stated by the authors.

Formalization scope

Lean represents every sequence as a function N→R\mathbb N\to\mathbb RN→R, with index k=0k=0k=0 denoting the paper's first index n=1n=1n=1. stick implements equation (4); ranked defines the (k+1)(k+1)(k+1)-st largest nonnegative length by upper-level-set cardinality, counted with multiplicity. It uses extended cardinality so an infinite upper-level set cannot be assigned cardinality zero. IsStickLaw records independence and the beta(1−α,θ+(k+1)α)(1-\alpha,\theta+(k+1)\alpha)(1−α,θ+(k+1)α) coordinate laws. HasPD describes the distribution of the ranked stick sequence by probabilities of measurable preimages. This commits the mission to Definition 1 rather than a ratio construction of PD(α,0)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,0)PD(α,0).

All mission theorems require 0<α<10<\alpha<10<α<1, and every source probability space is a probability measure. Ratios and negative real powers occur only as random quantities whose bases are positive almost surely under that law. Their exceptional values on null sets do not affect the distributional claims. The local time is identified by its almost-sure defining limit, rather than by a default value assigned when a limit fails. The LpL^pLp clause uses the norm of the approximation error. The Poisson arrival law is stated jointly on measurable sets of infinite real sequences; it is not reduced to one-dimensional exponential marginals. These choices rule out vacuous interpretations through a nonmeasurable Measure.map, a finite-cardinality default on an infinite set, a junk integral, limUnder at a nonexistent limit, or a dropped parameter range.

The development needs Mathlib's beta and exponential measures, infinite product and independence APIs, measurable sequence spaces, real powers, infinite sums, and LpL^pLp norms. Results about ranked values and arrival ratios would be reusable in later Poisson–Dirichlet missions. Contributions that establish these source statements at full strength, or their necessary measurable and summability infrastructure, fit the scope.

Selected references

  • J. Pitman and M. Yor, The two-parameter Poisson–Dirichlet distribution derived from a stable subordinator, Annals of Probability 25(2):855–900, 1997. DOI: 10.1214/aop/1024404422.
5 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Shock Models and Wear Processes II: If the Probabilities of Surviving k Shocks Have Decreasing Successive Ratios, the Poisson Shock Life Distribution Is IHRResearch Paper

Motivation

A component may be exposed to shocks that arrive at random times. Its chance of lasting for a given time depends both on how often shocks arrive and on how likely it is to survive successive shocks. Reliability calculations often begin with the latter, discrete sequence, while replacement and life-testing questions concern the resulting lifetime distribution. Esary, Marshall, and Proschan study how a property imposed on the shock sequence appears in the continuous lifetime law. Their Theorem 3.1 gives several such inheritance results; this mission targets its increasing-hazard-rate assertion (Esary, Marshall, and Proschan 1973, Theorem 3.1).

An increasing hazard rate (IHR) means that the remaining life of a component that has survived to age ttt becomes stochastically shorter as ttt increases. This is a concrete way to express wear-out. The paper treats “increasing” as weakly increasing throughout, so a constant hazard rate is included (Esary, Marshall, and Proschan 1973, pp. 628, 631).

Setting

Shocks arrive according to a homogeneous Poisson process with rate λ>0\lambda>0λ>0. Let Pˉk\bar P_kPˉk​ be the probability that the component survives the first kkk shocks. The sequence starts at k=0k=0k=0 and satisfies 1=Pˉ0≥Pˉ1≥⋯≥01=\bar P_0\geq\bar P_1\geq\cdots\geq01=Pˉ0​≥Pˉ1​≥⋯≥0 for the target theorem. The probability of failure on the (k+1)(k+1)(k+1)st shock is pk+1=Pˉk−Pˉk+1p_{k+1}=\bar P_k-\bar P_{k+1}pk+1​=Pˉk​−Pˉk+1​. At a nonnegative time ttt, the chance of exactly kkk shock arrivals is wk(t)=e−λt(λt)k/k!w_k(t)=e^{-\lambda t}(\lambda t)^k/k!wk​(t)=e−λt(λt)k/k!. The survival function of the component is therefore the Poisson mixture

Hˉ(t)=∑k=0∞Pˉkwk(t),t≥0,\bar H(t)=\sum_{k=0}^{\infty}\bar P_k w_k(t),\qquad t\geq0,Hˉ(t)=k=0∑∞​Pˉk​wk​(t),t≥0,

and the paper sets Hˉ(t)=1\bar H(t)=1Hˉ(t)=1 for t<0t<0t<0. At positive times its density is h(t)=λ∑k≥0pk+1wk(t)h(t)=\lambda\sum_{k\geq0}p_{k+1}w_k(t)h(t)=λ∑k≥0​pk+1​wk​(t). The failure-on-shock sequence and the positive-time density are both part of the mission because the paper compares their shape as well (Esary, Marshall, and Proschan 1973, (2.1)–(2.3)).

A nonnegative sequence is PF₂ here when its successive ratios decrease weakly, wherever those ratios are defined. For the survival probabilities this says θk=Pˉk/Pˉk−1\theta_k=\bar P_k/\bar P_{k-1}θk​=Pˉk​/Pˉk−1​ decreases with k≥1k\geq1k≥1. A survival function is IHR when, for each x>0x>0x>0, the survival ratio Hˉ(t+x)/Hˉ(t)\bar H(t+x)/\bar H(t)Hˉ(t+x)/Hˉ(t) decreases with age ttt wherever it is defined. These are the discrete and continuous conditions connected by the target (Esary, Marshall, and Proschan 1973, Definition 2.3 and p. 631).

Formalization targets

Increasing hazard rate from PF₂ shock survival

The goal is Theorem 3.1(3.2):

(Pˉk)k≥0 is PF2⟹Hˉ is IHR.(\bar P_k)_{k\geq0}\text{ is PF}_2 \quad\Longrightarrow\quad \bar H\text{ is IHR}.(Pˉk​)k≥0​ is PF2​⟹Hˉ is IHR.

It covers any nonnegative, weakly decreasing shock-survival sequence with Pˉ0=1\bar P_0=1Pˉ0​=1 and a positive Poisson rate. It does not fix a finite number of shocks or a special survival law (Esary, Marshall, and Proschan 1973, p. 632).

Density and hazard estimates

The milestone list includes the positive-time density formula (2.3), the upper bound h(t)/Hˉ(t)≤λh(t)/\bar H(t)\leq\lambdah(t)/Hˉ(t)≤λ in (2.5), the derivative estimate h′(t)≥−λh(t)h'(t)\geq-\lambda h(t)h′(t)≥−λh(t) from the proof of (3.1), and that proof's sign-change claim for h(t)−ce−θth(t)-ce^{-\theta t}h(t)−ce−θt. It culminates in Theorem 3.1(3.1), which says that PF₂ failure-on-shock probabilities give a PF₂ positive-time density. These are statements made explicitly by the authors and form the neighboring shape result and the estimates cited in the proof of the IHR goal (Esary, Marshall, and Proschan 1973, pp. 628–629, 632–633).

Further results of the paper

The mission also poses, outside the milestone list, the other inheritance results of the same section and of §6 whose formulation uses the same objects:

∑j≥kPˉj/Pˉk decreasing ⇒ H DMRL(3.3),Pˉk∑j≥0Pˉj≥∑j≥kPˉj ⇒ H NBUE(3.6),Pˉk/Pˉk−1 increasing ⇒ H DHR(Theorem 3.2 (3.8)),Sk≥0 ⇒ Hˉ IHR(Theorem 3.3),\begin{aligned} &\textstyle\sum_{j\ge k}\bar P_j/\bar P_k\ \text{decreasing}\ \Rightarrow\ H\ \text{DMRL}\quad(3.3),\qquad \bar P_k\sum_{j\ge0}\bar P_j\ge\sum_{j\ge k}\bar P_j\ \Rightarrow\ H\ \text{NBUE}\quad(3.6),\\ &\bar P_k/\bar P_{k-1}\ \text{increasing}\ \Rightarrow\ H\ \text{DHR}\quad\text{(Theorem 3.2 (3.8))},\qquad S_k\ge0\ \Rightarrow\ \bar H\ \text{IHR}\quad\text{(Theorem 3.3)}, \end{aligned}​∑j≥k​Pˉj​/Pˉk​ decreasing ⇒ H DMRL(3.3),Pˉk​∑j≥0​Pˉj​≥∑j≥k​Pˉj​ ⇒ H NBUE(3.6),Pˉk​/Pˉk−1​ increasing ⇒ H DHR(Theorem 3.2 (3.8)),Sk​≥0 ⇒ Hˉ IHR(Theorem 3.3),​

where Sk=∑j=0k(kj)[Pˉj+1Pˉk−j+1−PˉjPˉk−j+2]S_k=\sum_{j=0}^k\binom kj[\bar P_{j+1}\bar P_{k-j+1}-\bar P_j\bar P_{k-j+2}]Sk​=∑j=0k​(jk​)[Pˉj+1​Pˉk−j+1​−Pˉj​Pˉk−j+2​] is the condition of Murthy and Lientz, strictly weaker than PF₂. Theorem 6.1 specializes to independent shock magnitudes, Pˉk=∏i=1kFi(x)\bar P_k=\prod_{i=1}^kF_i(x)Pˉk​=∏i=1k​Fi​(x) (exponential, IHR or DHR as Fi(x)F_i(x)Fi​(x) is constant, decreasing or increasing in iii), and Theorem 6.2 shows that a random threshold, Pˉk=∫0∞[F(x)]k dG(x)\bar P_k=\int_0^\infty[F(x)]^k\,dG(x)Pˉk​=∫0∞​[F(x)]kdG(x), always gives a logarithmically convex density on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞) (Esary, Marshall, and Proschan 1973, pp. 632, 634, 647).

Significance

The target makes a discrete reliability assumption useful for continuous-time decisions. One may model or estimate the sequence Pˉk\bar P_kPˉk​ from how the component responds to successive shocks and then infer an ageing property of its lifetime under Poisson arrivals. The conclusion is about residual lifetime at every age, not just its mean or one tail probability. The companion PF₂-density statement shows that the same transfer applies to failure-on-shock probabilities and the resulting continuous density (Esary, Marshall, and Proschan 1973, Theorem 3.1).

The 1973 results are proved in the paper. In this mission the Lean statements compile as open theorems; their mathematical proofs are still to be formalized. A completed development would make the Poisson-series model, its density, and the discrete-to-continuous shape claims reusable in later formalizations of shock and wear models. The other missions in this paper's series consider cumulative damage, first passage under wear, and random thresholds using related ideas.

Difficulty

The survival function mixes infinitely many shock counts. Each count has its own time-dependent Poisson weight, so a decreasing ratio of adjacent Pˉk\bar P_kPˉk​ terms does not give the desired comparison of survival ratios by a termwise inequality. The paper invokes a variation-diminishing property of a totally positive Poisson kernel for the corresponding shape arguments (Esary, Marshall, and Proschan 1973, p. 633). A formal proof must also justify differentiation and rearrangement of the infinite series, including sequences that reach zero after finitely many shocks.

Formalization scope

The Lean model uses real-valued functions for Pˉk\bar P_kPˉk​, Hˉ\bar HHˉ, and hhh, with the shock count indexed from zero. The Poisson mixture is the definition of Hˉ\bar HHˉ; no random lifetime is introduced in place of it. The value Hˉ(t)=1\bar H(t)=1Hˉ(t)=1 for negative time follows (2.1). IHR is expressed for all real ages s≤ts\leq ts≤t by cross-multiplying the survival-ratio comparison. With Pˉ0=1\bar P_0=1Pˉ0​=1, this includes the boundary at zero without an atom there. PF₂ sequence and density conditions are also cross-multiplied. This gives the paper's ratio statements wherever denominators are positive and retains the natural zero-survival cases without using real division by zero.

The source treats Pˉk\bar P_kPˉk​ as probabilities, takes λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, and restricts variables to avoid zero denominators; Lean states the rate, nonnegativity, weak monotonicity, and the ratio convention explicitly. Formula (2.3) is represented by the derivative identity Hˉ′=−h\bar H'=-hHˉ′=−h at positive time. The bound (2.5) is h≤λHˉh\leq\lambda\bar Hh≤λHˉ, equivalent to the hazard-rate statement wherever survival is positive. The sign-change milestone excludes a strict positive–negative–positive pattern at increasing positive times, matching the authors' “at most two, in the order negative, positive, negative” wording. These conventions prevent an empty IHR statement or a trivial result caused by totalized division.

A complete proof needs reusable facts about convergence and differentiation of Poisson-weighted series and about preservation of sign patterns under the Poisson kernel. Contributions to that infrastructure, the density and hazard estimates, and the PF₂ transfer are in scope, as are the further results above. For those, the reversed classes are stated on the life-distribution domain: DHR compares ages 0≤s≤t0\le s\le t0≤s≤t only, because Theorem 3.2 allows Pˉ0<1\bar P_0<1Pˉ0​<1, an atom at the origin; a logarithmically convex density is the reversed cross-multiplied PF₂ inequality for hhh on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞). Mean residual lives and mean lives are computed in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] (they are infinite when ∑kPˉk=∞\sum_k\bar P_k=\infty∑k​Pˉk​=∞), and their ratios are taken only where Hˉ(t)>0\bar H(t)>0Hˉ(t)>0. In Theorem 6.1 only the numbers Fi(x)∈[0,1]F_i(x)\in[0,1]Fi​(x)∈[0,1] enter, and "exponential" includes the rate 000; in Theorem 6.2 the shock and threshold laws are probability measures on R\mathbb RR with no mass on (−∞,0)(-\infty,0)(−∞,0). The paper's further remark that a survival function needs Pˉk→0\bar P_k\to0Pˉk​→0 is not imposed: none of the theorems uses it.

Selected references

  • J. D. Esary, A. W. Marshall, and F. Proschan, Shock Models and Wear Processes, The Annals of Probability 1(4), 627–649, 1973. DOI: 10.1214/aop/1176996891.
  • S. Karlin, Total Positivity, Vol. I, Stanford University Press, 1968 (the variation-diminishing property cited on p. 633 of the paper).
  • R. E. Barlow and F. Proschan, Mathematical Theory of Reliability, Wiley, 1965 (IHR and DHR distributions in reliability).
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 6 of 18Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me